fix attempt 2

* feat(integrations): claude skills to add integrations, lemlist trigger + tools, remove test webhook url

* fix tests

* fix tools

* add more details to skill

* more details

* address greptile comments

.claude/commands/add-block.md

@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+---
+description: Create a block configuration for a Sim Studio integration with proper subBlocks, conditions, and tool wiring
+argument-hint: <service-name>
+---
+
+# Add Block Skill
+
+You are an expert at creating block configurations for Sim Studio. You understand the serializer, subBlock types, conditions, dependsOn, modes, and all UI patterns.
+
+## Your Task
+
+When the user asks you to create a block:
+1. Create the block file in `apps/sim/blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`
+2. Configure all subBlocks with proper types, conditions, and dependencies
+3. Wire up tools correctly
+
+## Block Configuration Structure
+
+```typescript
+import { {ServiceName}Icon } from '@/components/icons'
+import type { BlockConfig } from '@/blocks/types'
+import { AuthMode } from '@/blocks/types'
+
+export const {ServiceName}Block: BlockConfig = {
+  type: '{service}',                    // snake_case identifier
+  name: '{Service Name}',               // Human readable
+  description: 'Brief description',     // One sentence
+  longDescription: 'Detailed description for docs',
+  docsLink: 'https://docs.sim.ai/tools/{service}',
+  category: 'tools',                    // 'tools' | 'blocks' | 'triggers'
+  bgColor: '#HEXCOLOR',                 // Brand color
+  icon: {ServiceName}Icon,
+
+  // Auth mode
+  authMode: AuthMode.OAuth,             // or AuthMode.ApiKey
+
+  subBlocks: [
+    // Define all UI fields here
+  ],
+
+  tools: {
+    access: ['tool_id_1', 'tool_id_2'], // Array of tool IDs this block can use
+    config: {
+      tool: (params) => `{service}_${params.operation}`,  // Tool selector function
+      params: (params) => ({
+        // Transform subBlock values to tool params
+      }),
+    },
+  },
+
+  inputs: {
+    // Optional: define expected inputs from other blocks
+  },
+
+  outputs: {
+    // Define outputs available to downstream blocks
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## SubBlock Types Reference
+
+**Critical:** Every subblock `id` must be unique within the block. Duplicate IDs cause conflicts even with different conditions.
+
+### Text Inputs
+```typescript
+// Single-line input
+{ id: 'field', title: 'Label', type: 'short-input', placeholder: '...' }
+
+// Multi-line input
+{ id: 'field', title: 'Label', type: 'long-input', placeholder: '...', rows: 6 }
+
+// Password input
+{ id: 'apiKey', title: 'API Key', type: 'short-input', password: true }
+```
+
+### Selection Inputs
+```typescript
+// Dropdown (static options)
+{
+  id: 'operation',
+  title: 'Operation',
+  type: 'dropdown',
+  options: [
+    { label: 'Create', id: 'create' },
+    { label: 'Update', id: 'update' },
+  ],
+  value: () => 'create',  // Default value function
+}
+
+// Combobox (searchable dropdown)
+{
+  id: 'field',
+  title: 'Label',
+  type: 'combobox',
+  options: [...],
+  searchable: true,
+}
+```
+
+### Code/JSON Inputs
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'code',
+  title: 'Code',
+  type: 'code',
+  language: 'javascript',  // 'javascript' | 'json' | 'python'
+  placeholder: '// Enter code...',
+}
+```
+
+### OAuth/Credentials
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'credential',
+  title: 'Account',
+  type: 'oauth-input',
+  serviceId: '{service}',  // Must match OAuth provider
+  placeholder: 'Select account',
+  required: true,
+}
+```
+
+### Selectors (with dynamic options)
+```typescript
+// Channel selector (Slack, Discord, etc.)
+{
+  id: 'channel',
+  title: 'Channel',
+  type: 'channel-selector',
+  serviceId: '{service}',
+  placeholder: 'Select channel',
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+}
+
+// Project selector (Jira, etc.)
+{
+  id: 'project',
+  title: 'Project',
+  type: 'project-selector',
+  serviceId: '{service}',
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+}
+
+// File selector (Google Drive, etc.)
+{
+  id: 'file',
+  title: 'File',
+  type: 'file-selector',
+  serviceId: '{service}',
+  mimeType: 'application/pdf',
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+}
+
+// User selector
+{
+  id: 'user',
+  title: 'User',
+  type: 'user-selector',
+  serviceId: '{service}',
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+}
+```
+
+### Other Types
+```typescript
+// Switch/toggle
+{ id: 'enabled', type: 'switch' }
+
+// Slider
+{ id: 'temperature', title: 'Temperature', type: 'slider', min: 0, max: 2, step: 0.1 }
+
+// Table (key-value pairs)
+{ id: 'headers', title: 'Headers', type: 'table', columns: ['Key', 'Value'] }
+
+// File upload
+{
+  id: 'files',
+  title: 'Attachments',
+  type: 'file-upload',
+  multiple: true,
+  acceptedTypes: 'image/*,application/pdf',
+}
+```
+
+## Condition Syntax
+
+Controls when a field is shown based on other field values.
+
+### Simple Condition
+```typescript
+condition: { field: 'operation', value: 'create' }
+// Shows when operation === 'create'
+```
+
+### Multiple Values (OR)
+```typescript
+condition: { field: 'operation', value: ['create', 'update'] }
+// Shows when operation is 'create' OR 'update'
+```
+
+### Negation
+```typescript
+condition: { field: 'operation', value: 'delete', not: true }
+// Shows when operation !== 'delete'
+```
+
+### Compound (AND)
+```typescript
+condition: {
+  field: 'operation',
+  value: 'send',
+  and: {
+    field: 'type',
+    value: 'dm',
+    not: true,
+  }
+}
+// Shows when operation === 'send' AND type !== 'dm'
+```
+
+### Complex Example
+```typescript
+condition: {
+  field: 'operation',
+  value: ['list', 'search'],
+  not: true,
+  and: {
+    field: 'authMethod',
+    value: 'oauth',
+  }
+}
+// Shows when operation NOT in ['list', 'search'] AND authMethod === 'oauth'
+```
+
+## DependsOn Pattern
+
+Controls when a field is enabled and when its options are refetched.
+
+### Simple Array (all must be set)
+```typescript
+dependsOn: ['credential']
+// Enabled only when credential has a value
+// Options refetch when credential changes
+
+dependsOn: ['credential', 'projectId']
+// Enabled only when BOTH have values
+```
+
+### Complex (all + any)
+```typescript
+dependsOn: {
+  all: ['authMethod'],           // All must be set
+  any: ['credential', 'apiKey']  // At least one must be set
+}
+// Enabled when authMethod is set AND (credential OR apiKey is set)
+```
+
+## Required Pattern
+
+Can be boolean or condition-based.
+
+### Simple Boolean
+```typescript
+required: true
+required: false
+```
+
+### Conditional Required
+```typescript
+required: { field: 'operation', value: 'create' }
+// Required only when operation === 'create'
+
+required: { field: 'operation', value: ['create', 'update'] }
+// Required when operation is 'create' OR 'update'
+```
+
+## Mode Pattern (Basic vs Advanced)
+
+Controls which UI view shows the field.
+
+### Mode Options
+- `'basic'` - Only in basic view (default UI)
+- `'advanced'` - Only in advanced view
+- `'both'` - Both views (default if not specified)
+- `'trigger'` - Only in trigger configuration
+
+### canonicalParamId Pattern
+
+Maps multiple UI fields to a single serialized parameter:
+
+```typescript
+// Basic mode: Visual selector
+{
+  id: 'channel',
+  title: 'Channel',
+  type: 'channel-selector',
+  mode: 'basic',
+  canonicalParamId: 'channel',  // Both map to 'channel' param
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+}
+
+// Advanced mode: Manual input
+{
+  id: 'channelId',
+  title: 'Channel ID',
+  type: 'short-input',
+  mode: 'advanced',
+  canonicalParamId: 'channel',  // Both map to 'channel' param
+  placeholder: 'Enter channel ID manually',
+}
+```
+
+**How it works:**
+- In basic mode: `channel` selector value → `params.channel`
+- In advanced mode: `channelId` input value → `params.channel`
+- The serializer consolidates based on current mode
+
+**Critical constraints:**
+- `canonicalParamId` must NOT match any other subblock's `id` in the same block (causes conflicts)
+- `canonicalParamId` must be unique per block (only one basic/advanced pair per canonicalParamId)
+- ONLY use `canonicalParamId` to link basic/advanced mode alternatives for the same logical parameter
+- Do NOT use it for any other purpose
+
+## WandConfig Pattern
+
+Enables AI-assisted field generation.
+
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'query',
+  title: 'Query',
+  type: 'code',
+  language: 'json',
+  wandConfig: {
+    enabled: true,
+    prompt: 'Generate a query based on the user request. Return ONLY the JSON.',
+    placeholder: 'Describe what you want to query...',
+    generationType: 'json-object',  // Optional: affects AI behavior
+    maintainHistory: true,          // Optional: keeps conversation context
+  },
+}
+```
+
+### Generation Types
+- `'javascript-function-body'` - JS code generation
+- `'json-object'` - Raw JSON (adds "no markdown" instruction)
+- `'json-schema'` - JSON Schema definitions
+- `'sql-query'` - SQL statements
+- `'timestamp'` - Adds current date/time context
+
+## Tools Configuration
+
+### Simple Tool Selector
+```typescript
+tools: {
+  access: ['service_create', 'service_read', 'service_update'],
+  config: {
+    tool: (params) => `service_${params.operation}`,
+  },
+}
+```
+
+### With Parameter Transformation
+```typescript
+tools: {
+  access: ['service_action'],
+  config: {
+    tool: (params) => 'service_action',
+    params: (params) => ({
+      id: params.resourceId,
+      data: typeof params.data === 'string' ? JSON.parse(params.data) : params.data,
+    }),
+  },
+}
+```
+
+### V2 Versioned Tool Selector
+```typescript
+import { createVersionedToolSelector } from '@/blocks/utils'
+
+tools: {
+  access: [
+    'service_create_v2',
+    'service_read_v2',
+    'service_update_v2',
+  ],
+  config: {
+    tool: createVersionedToolSelector({
+      baseToolSelector: (params) => `service_${params.operation}`,
+      suffix: '_v2',
+      fallbackToolId: 'service_create_v2',
+    }),
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Outputs Definition
+
+**IMPORTANT:** Block outputs have a simpler schema than tool outputs. Block outputs do NOT support:
+- `optional: true` - This is only for tool outputs
+- `items` property - This is only for tool outputs with array types
+
+Block outputs only support:
+- `type` - The data type ('string', 'number', 'boolean', 'json', 'array')
+- `description` - Human readable description
+- Nested object structure (for complex types)
+
+```typescript
+outputs: {
+  // Simple outputs
+  id: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource ID' },
+  success: { type: 'boolean', description: 'Whether operation succeeded' },
+
+  // Use type: 'json' for complex objects or arrays (NOT type: 'array' with items)
+  items: { type: 'json', description: 'List of items' },
+  metadata: { type: 'json', description: 'Response metadata' },
+
+  // Nested outputs (for structured data)
+  user: {
+    id: { type: 'string', description: 'User ID' },
+    name: { type: 'string', description: 'User name' },
+    email: { type: 'string', description: 'User email' },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## V2 Block Pattern
+
+When creating V2 blocks (alongside legacy V1):
+
+```typescript
+// V1 Block - mark as legacy
+export const ServiceBlock: BlockConfig = {
+  type: 'service',
+  name: 'Service (Legacy)',
+  hideFromToolbar: true,  // Hide from toolbar
+  // ... rest of config
+}
+
+// V2 Block - visible, uses V2 tools
+export const ServiceV2Block: BlockConfig = {
+  type: 'service_v2',
+  name: 'Service',              // Clean name
+  hideFromToolbar: false,       // Visible
+  subBlocks: ServiceBlock.subBlocks,  // Reuse UI
+  tools: {
+    access: ServiceBlock.tools?.access?.map(id => `${id}_v2`) || [],
+    config: {
+      tool: createVersionedToolSelector({
+        baseToolSelector: (params) => (ServiceBlock.tools?.config as any)?.tool(params),
+        suffix: '_v2',
+        fallbackToolId: 'service_default_v2',
+      }),
+      params: ServiceBlock.tools?.config?.params,
+    },
+  },
+  outputs: {
+    // Flat, API-aligned outputs (not wrapped in content/metadata)
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Registering Blocks
+
+After creating the block, remind the user to:
+1. Import in `apps/sim/blocks/registry.ts`
+2. Add to the `registry` object (alphabetically):
+
+```typescript
+import { ServiceBlock } from '@/blocks/blocks/service'
+
+export const registry: Record<string, BlockConfig> = {
+  // ... existing blocks ...
+  service: ServiceBlock,
+}
+```
+
+## Complete Example
+
+```typescript
+import { ServiceIcon } from '@/components/icons'
+import type { BlockConfig } from '@/blocks/types'
+import { AuthMode } from '@/blocks/types'
+
+export const ServiceBlock: BlockConfig = {
+  type: 'service',
+  name: 'Service',
+  description: 'Integrate with Service API',
+  longDescription: 'Full description for documentation...',
+  docsLink: 'https://docs.sim.ai/tools/service',
+  category: 'tools',
+  bgColor: '#FF6B6B',
+  icon: ServiceIcon,
+  authMode: AuthMode.OAuth,
+
+  subBlocks: [
+    {
+      id: 'operation',
+      title: 'Operation',
+      type: 'dropdown',
+      options: [
+        { label: 'Create', id: 'create' },
+        { label: 'Read', id: 'read' },
+        { label: 'Update', id: 'update' },
+        { label: 'Delete', id: 'delete' },
+      ],
+      value: () => 'create',
+    },
+    {
+      id: 'credential',
+      title: 'Service Account',
+      type: 'oauth-input',
+      serviceId: 'service',
+      placeholder: 'Select account',
+      required: true,
+    },
+    {
+      id: 'resourceId',
+      title: 'Resource ID',
+      type: 'short-input',
+      placeholder: 'Enter resource ID',
+      condition: { field: 'operation', value: ['read', 'update', 'delete'] },
+      required: { field: 'operation', value: ['read', 'update', 'delete'] },
+    },
+    {
+      id: 'name',
+      title: 'Name',
+      type: 'short-input',
+      placeholder: 'Resource name',
+      condition: { field: 'operation', value: ['create', 'update'] },
+      required: { field: 'operation', value: 'create' },
+    },
+  ],
+
+  tools: {
+    access: ['service_create', 'service_read', 'service_update', 'service_delete'],
+    config: {
+      tool: (params) => `service_${params.operation}`,
+    },
+  },
+
+  outputs: {
+    id: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource ID' },
+    name: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource name' },
+    createdAt: { type: 'string', description: 'Creation timestamp' },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Connecting Blocks with Triggers
+
+If the service supports webhooks, connect the block to its triggers.
+
+```typescript
+import { getTrigger } from '@/triggers'
+
+export const ServiceBlock: BlockConfig = {
+  // ... basic config ...
+
+  triggers: {
+    enabled: true,
+    available: ['service_event_a', 'service_event_b', 'service_webhook'],
+  },
+
+  subBlocks: [
+    // Tool subBlocks first...
+    { id: 'operation', /* ... */ },
+
+    // Then spread trigger subBlocks
+    ...getTrigger('service_event_a').subBlocks,
+    ...getTrigger('service_event_b').subBlocks,
+    ...getTrigger('service_webhook').subBlocks,
+  ],
+}
+```
+
+See the `/add-trigger` skill for creating triggers.
+
+## Checklist Before Finishing
+
+- [ ] All subBlocks have `id`, `title` (except switch), and `type`
+- [ ] Conditions use correct syntax (field, value, not, and)
+- [ ] DependsOn set for fields that need other values
+- [ ] Required fields marked correctly (boolean or condition)
+- [ ] OAuth inputs have correct `serviceId`
+- [ ] Tools.access lists all tool IDs
+- [ ] Tools.config.tool returns correct tool ID
+- [ ] Outputs match tool outputs
+- [ ] Block registered in registry.ts
+- [ ] If triggers exist: `triggers` config set, trigger subBlocks spread

.claude/commands/add-integration.md

@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+---
+description: Add a complete integration to Sim Studio (tools, block, icon, registration)
+argument-hint: <service-name> [api-docs-url]
+---
+
+# Add Integration Skill
+
+You are an expert at adding complete integrations to Sim Studio. This skill orchestrates the full process of adding a new service integration.
+
+## Overview
+
+Adding an integration involves these steps in order:
+1. **Research** - Read the service's API documentation
+2. **Create Tools** - Build tool configurations for each API operation
+3. **Create Block** - Build the block UI configuration
+4. **Add Icon** - Add the service's brand icon
+5. **Create Triggers** (optional) - If the service supports webhooks
+6. **Register** - Register tools, block, and triggers in their registries
+7. **Generate Docs** - Run the docs generation script
+
+## Step 1: Research the API
+
+Before writing any code:
+1. Use Context7 to find official documentation: `mcp__plugin_context7_context7__resolve-library-id`
+2. Or use WebFetch to read API docs directly
+3. Identify:
+   - Authentication method (OAuth, API Key, both)
+   - Available operations (CRUD, search, etc.)
+   - Required vs optional parameters
+   - Response structures
+
+## Step 2: Create Tools
+
+### Directory Structure
+```
+apps/sim/tools/{service}/
+├── index.ts          # Barrel exports
+├── types.ts          # TypeScript interfaces
+├── {action1}.ts      # Tool for action 1
+├── {action2}.ts      # Tool for action 2
+└── ...
+```
+
+### Key Patterns
+
+**types.ts:**
+```typescript
+import type { ToolResponse } from '@/tools/types'
+
+export interface {Service}{Action}Params {
+  accessToken: string      // For OAuth services
+  // OR
+  apiKey: string          // For API key services
+
+  requiredParam: string
+  optionalParam?: string
+}
+
+export interface {Service}Response extends ToolResponse {
+  output: {
+    // Define output structure
+  }
+}
+```
+
+**Tool file pattern:**
+```typescript
+export const {service}{Action}Tool: ToolConfig<Params, Response> = {
+  id: '{service}_{action}',
+  name: '{Service} {Action}',
+  description: '...',
+  version: '1.0.0',
+
+  oauth: { required: true, provider: '{service}' },  // If OAuth
+
+  params: {
+    accessToken: { type: 'string', required: true, visibility: 'hidden', description: '...' },
+    // ... other params
+  },
+
+  request: { url, method, headers, body },
+
+  transformResponse: async (response) => {
+    const data = await response.json()
+    return {
+      success: true,
+      output: {
+        field: data.field ?? null,  // Always handle nullables
+      },
+    }
+  },
+
+  outputs: { /* ... */ },
+}
+```
+
+### Critical Rules
+- `visibility: 'hidden'` for OAuth tokens
+- `visibility: 'user-only'` for API keys and user credentials
+- `visibility: 'user-or-llm'` for operation parameters
+- Always use `?? null` for nullable API response fields
+- Always use `?? []` for optional array fields
+- Set `optional: true` for outputs that may not exist
+- Never output raw JSON dumps - extract meaningful fields
+
+## Step 3: Create Block
+
+### File Location
+`apps/sim/blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`
+
+### Block Structure
+```typescript
+import { {Service}Icon } from '@/components/icons'
+import type { BlockConfig } from '@/blocks/types'
+import { AuthMode } from '@/blocks/types'
+
+export const {Service}Block: BlockConfig = {
+  type: '{service}',
+  name: '{Service}',
+  description: '...',
+  longDescription: '...',
+  docsLink: 'https://docs.sim.ai/tools/{service}',
+  category: 'tools',
+  bgColor: '#HEXCOLOR',
+  icon: {Service}Icon,
+  authMode: AuthMode.OAuth,  // or AuthMode.ApiKey
+
+  subBlocks: [
+    // Operation dropdown
+    {
+      id: 'operation',
+      title: 'Operation',
+      type: 'dropdown',
+      options: [
+        { label: 'Operation 1', id: 'action1' },
+        { label: 'Operation 2', id: 'action2' },
+      ],
+      value: () => 'action1',
+    },
+    // Credential field
+    {
+      id: 'credential',
+      title: '{Service} Account',
+      type: 'oauth-input',
+      serviceId: '{service}',
+      required: true,
+    },
+    // Conditional fields per operation
+    // ...
+  ],
+
+  tools: {
+    access: ['{service}_action1', '{service}_action2'],
+    config: {
+      tool: (params) => `{service}_${params.operation}`,
+    },
+  },
+
+  outputs: { /* ... */ },
+}
+```
+
+### Key SubBlock Patterns
+
+**Condition-based visibility:**
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'resourceId',
+  title: 'Resource ID',
+  type: 'short-input',
+  condition: { field: 'operation', value: ['read', 'update', 'delete'] },
+  required: { field: 'operation', value: ['read', 'update', 'delete'] },
+}
+```
+
+**DependsOn for cascading selectors:**
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'project',
+  type: 'project-selector',
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+},
+{
+  id: 'issue',
+  type: 'file-selector',
+  dependsOn: ['credential', 'project'],
+}
+```
+
+**Basic/Advanced mode for dual UX:**
+```typescript
+// Basic: Visual selector
+{
+  id: 'channel',
+  type: 'channel-selector',
+  mode: 'basic',
+  canonicalParamId: 'channel',
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],
+},
+// Advanced: Manual input
+{
+  id: 'channelId',
+  type: 'short-input',
+  mode: 'advanced',
+  canonicalParamId: 'channel',
+}
+```
+
+**Critical:**
+- `canonicalParamId` must NOT match any other subblock's `id`, must be unique per block, and should only be used to link basic/advanced alternatives for the same parameter.
+- `mode` only controls UI visibility, NOT serialization. Without `canonicalParamId`, both basic and advanced field values would be sent.
+- Every subblock `id` must be unique within the block. Duplicate IDs cause conflicts even with different conditions.
+
+## Step 4: Add Icon
+
+### File Location
+`apps/sim/components/icons.tsx`
+
+### Pattern
+```typescript
+export function {Service}Icon(props: SVGProps<SVGSVGElement>) {
+  return (
+    <svg
+      {...props}
+      viewBox="0 0 24 24"
+      fill="none"
+      xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+    >
+      {/* SVG paths from brand assets */}
+    </svg>
+  )
+}
+```
+
+### Finding Icons
+1. Check the service's brand/press kit page
+2. Download SVG logo
+3. Convert to React component
+4. Ensure it accepts and spreads props
+
+## Step 5: Create Triggers (Optional)
+
+If the service supports webhooks, create triggers using the generic `buildTriggerSubBlocks` helper.
+
+### Directory Structure
+```
+apps/sim/triggers/{service}/
+├── index.ts      # Barrel exports
+├── utils.ts      # Trigger options, setup instructions, extra fields
+├── {event_a}.ts  # Primary trigger (includes dropdown)
+├── {event_b}.ts  # Secondary triggers (no dropdown)
+└── webhook.ts    # Generic webhook (optional)
+```
+
+### Key Pattern
+
+```typescript
+import { buildTriggerSubBlocks } from '@/triggers'
+import { {service}TriggerOptions, {service}SetupInstructions, build{Service}ExtraFields } from './utils'
+
+// Primary trigger - includeDropdown: true
+export const {service}EventATrigger: TriggerConfig = {
+  id: '{service}_event_a',
+  subBlocks: buildTriggerSubBlocks({
+    triggerId: '{service}_event_a',
+    triggerOptions: {service}TriggerOptions,
+    includeDropdown: true,  // Only for primary trigger!
+    setupInstructions: {service}SetupInstructions('Event A'),
+    extraFields: build{Service}ExtraFields('{service}_event_a'),
+  }),
+  // ...
+}
+
+// Secondary triggers - no dropdown
+export const {service}EventBTrigger: TriggerConfig = {
+  id: '{service}_event_b',
+  subBlocks: buildTriggerSubBlocks({
+    triggerId: '{service}_event_b',
+    triggerOptions: {service}TriggerOptions,
+    // No includeDropdown!
+    setupInstructions: {service}SetupInstructions('Event B'),
+    extraFields: build{Service}ExtraFields('{service}_event_b'),
+  }),
+  // ...
+}
+```
+
+### Connect to Block
+```typescript
+import { getTrigger } from '@/triggers'
+
+export const {Service}Block: BlockConfig = {
+  triggers: {
+    enabled: true,
+    available: ['{service}_event_a', '{service}_event_b'],
+  },
+  subBlocks: [
+    // Tool fields...
+    ...getTrigger('{service}_event_a').subBlocks,
+    ...getTrigger('{service}_event_b').subBlocks,
+  ],
+}
+```
+
+See `/add-trigger` skill for complete documentation.
+
+## Step 6: Register Everything
+
+### Tools Registry (`apps/sim/tools/registry.ts`)
+
+```typescript
+// Add import (alphabetically)
+import {
+  {service}Action1Tool,
+  {service}Action2Tool,
+} from '@/tools/{service}'
+
+// Add to tools object (alphabetically)
+export const tools: Record<string, ToolConfig> = {
+  // ... existing tools ...
+  {service}_action1: {service}Action1Tool,
+  {service}_action2: {service}Action2Tool,
+}
+```
+
+### Block Registry (`apps/sim/blocks/registry.ts`)
+
+```typescript
+// Add import (alphabetically)
+import { {Service}Block } from '@/blocks/blocks/{service}'
+
+// Add to registry (alphabetically)
+export const registry: Record<string, BlockConfig> = {
+  // ... existing blocks ...
+  {service}: {Service}Block,
+}
+```
+
+### Trigger Registry (`apps/sim/triggers/registry.ts`) - If triggers exist
+
+```typescript
+// Add import (alphabetically)
+import {
+  {service}EventATrigger,
+  {service}EventBTrigger,
+  {service}WebhookTrigger,
+} from '@/triggers/{service}'
+
+// Add to TRIGGER_REGISTRY (alphabetically)
+export const TRIGGER_REGISTRY: TriggerRegistry = {
+  // ... existing triggers ...
+  {service}_event_a: {service}EventATrigger,
+  {service}_event_b: {service}EventBTrigger,
+  {service}_webhook: {service}WebhookTrigger,
+}
+```
+
+## Step 7: Generate Docs
+
+Run the documentation generator:
+```bash
+bun run scripts/generate-docs.ts
+```
+
+This creates `apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/{service}.mdx`
+
+## V2 Integration Pattern
+
+If creating V2 versions (API-aligned outputs):
+
+1. **V2 Tools** - Add `_v2` suffix, version `2.0.0`, flat outputs
+2. **V2 Block** - Add `_v2` type, use `createVersionedToolSelector`
+3. **V1 Block** - Add `(Legacy)` to name, set `hideFromToolbar: true`
+4. **Registry** - Register both versions
+
+```typescript
+// In registry
+{service}: {Service}Block,        // V1 (legacy, hidden)
+{service}_v2: {Service}V2Block,   // V2 (visible)
+```
+
+## Complete Checklist
+
+### Tools
+- [ ] Created `tools/{service}/` directory
+- [ ] Created `types.ts` with all interfaces
+- [ ] Created tool file for each operation
+- [ ] All params have correct visibility
+- [ ] All nullable fields use `?? null`
+- [ ] All optional outputs have `optional: true`
+- [ ] Created `index.ts` barrel export
+- [ ] Registered all tools in `tools/registry.ts`
+
+### Block
+- [ ] Created `blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`
+- [ ] Defined operation dropdown with all operations
+- [ ] Added credential field (oauth-input or short-input)
+- [ ] Added conditional fields per operation
+- [ ] Set up dependsOn for cascading selectors
+- [ ] Configured tools.access with all tool IDs
+- [ ] Configured tools.config.tool selector
+- [ ] Defined outputs matching tool outputs
+- [ ] Registered block in `blocks/registry.ts`
+- [ ] If triggers: set `triggers.enabled` and `triggers.available`
+- [ ] If triggers: spread trigger subBlocks with `getTrigger()`
+
+### Icon
+- [ ] Added icon to `components/icons.tsx`
+- [ ] Icon spreads props correctly
+
+### Triggers (if service supports webhooks)
+- [ ] Created `triggers/{service}/` directory
+- [ ] Created `utils.ts` with options, instructions, and extra fields helpers
+- [ ] Primary trigger uses `includeDropdown: true`
+- [ ] Secondary triggers do NOT have `includeDropdown`
+- [ ] All triggers use `buildTriggerSubBlocks` helper
+- [ ] Created `index.ts` barrel export
+- [ ] Registered all triggers in `triggers/registry.ts`
+
+### Docs
+- [ ] Ran `bun run scripts/generate-docs.ts`
+- [ ] Verified docs file created
+
+## Example Command
+
+When the user asks to add an integration:
+
+```
+User: Add a Stripe integration
+
+You: I'll add the Stripe integration. Let me:
+
+1. First, research the Stripe API using Context7
+2. Create the tools for key operations (payments, subscriptions, etc.)
+3. Create the block with operation dropdown
+4. Add the Stripe icon
+5. Register everything
+6. Generate docs
+
+[Proceed with implementation...]
+```
+
+## Common Gotchas
+
+1. **OAuth serviceId must match** - The `serviceId` in oauth-input must match the OAuth provider configuration
+2. **Tool IDs are snake_case** - `stripe_create_payment`, not `stripeCreatePayment`
+3. **Block type is snake_case** - `type: 'stripe'`, not `type: 'Stripe'`
+4. **Alphabetical ordering** - Keep imports and registry entries alphabetically sorted
+5. **Required can be conditional** - Use `required: { field: 'op', value: 'create' }` instead of always true
+6. **DependsOn clears options** - When a dependency changes, selector options are refetched

.claude/commands/add-tools.md

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+---
+description: Create tool configurations for a Sim Studio integration by reading API docs
+argument-hint: <service-name> [api-docs-url]
+---
+
+# Add Tools Skill
+
+You are an expert at creating tool configurations for Sim Studio integrations. Your job is to read API documentation and create properly structured tool files.
+
+## Your Task
+
+When the user asks you to create tools for a service:
+1. Use Context7 or WebFetch to read the service's API documentation
+2. Create the tools directory structure
+3. Generate properly typed tool configurations
+
+## Directory Structure
+
+Create files in `apps/sim/tools/{service}/`:
+```
+tools/{service}/
+├── index.ts      # Barrel export
+├── types.ts      # Parameter & response types
+└── {action}.ts   # Individual tool files (one per operation)
+```
+
+## Tool Configuration Structure
+
+Every tool MUST follow this exact structure:
+
+```typescript
+import type { {ServiceName}{Action}Params } from '@/tools/{service}/types'
+import type { ToolConfig } from '@/tools/types'
+
+interface {ServiceName}{Action}Response {
+  success: boolean
+  output: {
+    // Define output structure here
+  }
+}
+
+export const {serviceName}{Action}Tool: ToolConfig<
+  {ServiceName}{Action}Params,
+  {ServiceName}{Action}Response
+> = {
+  id: '{service}_{action}',           // snake_case, matches tool name
+  name: '{Service} {Action}',         // Human readable
+  description: 'Brief description',   // One sentence
+  version: '1.0.0',
+
+  // OAuth config (if service uses OAuth)
+  oauth: {
+    required: true,
+    provider: '{service}',            // Must match OAuth provider ID
+  },
+
+  params: {
+    // Hidden params (system-injected)
+    accessToken: {
+      type: 'string',
+      required: true,
+      visibility: 'hidden',
+      description: 'OAuth access token',
+    },
+    // User-only params (credentials, IDs user must provide)
+    someId: {
+      type: 'string',
+      required: true,
+      visibility: 'user-only',
+      description: 'The ID of the resource',
+    },
+    // User-or-LLM params (can be provided by user OR computed by LLM)
+    query: {
+      type: 'string',
+      required: false,                // Use false for optional
+      visibility: 'user-or-llm',
+      description: 'Search query',
+    },
+  },
+
+  request: {
+    url: (params) => `https://api.service.com/v1/resource/${params.id}`,
+    method: 'POST',
+    headers: (params) => ({
+      Authorization: `Bearer ${params.accessToken}`,
+      'Content-Type': 'application/json',
+    }),
+    body: (params) => ({
+      // Request body - only for POST/PUT/PATCH
+      // Trim ID fields to prevent copy-paste whitespace errors:
+      // userId: params.userId?.trim(),
+    }),
+  },
+
+  transformResponse: async (response: Response) => {
+    const data = await response.json()
+    return {
+      success: true,
+      output: {
+        // Map API response to output
+        // Use ?? null for nullable fields
+        // Use ?? [] for optional arrays
+      },
+    }
+  },
+
+  outputs: {
+    // Define each output field
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Critical Rules for Parameters
+
+### Visibility Options
+- `'hidden'` - System-injected (OAuth tokens, internal params). User never sees.
+- `'user-only'` - User must provide (credentials, account-specific IDs)
+- `'user-or-llm'` - User provides OR LLM can compute (search queries, content, filters)
+
+### Parameter Types
+- `'string'` - Text values
+- `'number'` - Numeric values
+- `'boolean'` - True/false
+- `'json'` - Complex objects (NOT 'object', use 'json')
+- `'file'` - Single file
+- `'file[]'` - Multiple files
+
+### Required vs Optional
+- Always explicitly set `required: true` or `required: false`
+- Optional params should have `required: false`
+
+## Critical Rules for Outputs
+
+### Output Types
+- `'string'`, `'number'`, `'boolean'` - Primitives
+- `'json'` - Complex objects (use this, NOT 'object')
+- `'array'` - Arrays with `items` property
+- `'object'` - Objects with `properties` property
+
+### Optional Outputs
+Add `optional: true` for fields that may not exist in the response:
+```typescript
+closedAt: {
+  type: 'string',
+  description: 'When the issue was closed',
+  optional: true,
+},
+```
+
+### Nested Properties
+For complex outputs, define nested structure:
+```typescript
+metadata: {
+  type: 'json',
+  description: 'Response metadata',
+  properties: {
+    id: { type: 'string', description: 'Unique ID' },
+    status: { type: 'string', description: 'Current status' },
+    count: { type: 'number', description: 'Total count' },
+  },
+},
+
+items: {
+  type: 'array',
+  description: 'List of items',
+  items: {
+    type: 'object',
+    properties: {
+      id: { type: 'string', description: 'Item ID' },
+      name: { type: 'string', description: 'Item name' },
+    },
+  },
+},
+```
+
+## Critical Rules for transformResponse
+
+### Handle Nullable Fields
+ALWAYS use `?? null` for fields that may be undefined:
+```typescript
+transformResponse: async (response: Response) => {
+  const data = await response.json()
+  return {
+    success: true,
+    output: {
+      id: data.id,
+      title: data.title,
+      body: data.body ?? null,           // May be undefined
+      assignee: data.assignee ?? null,   // May be undefined
+      labels: data.labels ?? [],         // Default to empty array
+      closedAt: data.closed_at ?? null,  // May be undefined
+    },
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Never Output Raw JSON Dumps
+DON'T do this:
+```typescript
+output: {
+  data: data,  // BAD - raw JSON dump
+}
+```
+
+DO this instead - extract meaningful fields:
+```typescript
+output: {
+  id: data.id,
+  name: data.name,
+  status: data.status,
+  metadata: {
+    createdAt: data.created_at,
+    updatedAt: data.updated_at,
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Types File Pattern
+
+Create `types.ts` with interfaces for all params and responses:
+
+```typescript
+import type { ToolResponse } from '@/tools/types'
+
+// Parameter interfaces
+export interface {Service}{Action}Params {
+  accessToken: string
+  requiredField: string
+  optionalField?: string
+}
+
+// Response interfaces (extend ToolResponse)
+export interface {Service}{Action}Response extends ToolResponse {
+  output: {
+    field1: string
+    field2: number
+    optionalField?: string | null
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Index.ts Barrel Export Pattern
+
+```typescript
+// Export all tools
+export { serviceTool1 } from './{action1}'
+export { serviceTool2 } from './{action2}'
+
+// Export types
+export * from './types'
+```
+
+## Registering Tools
+
+After creating tools, remind the user to:
+1. Import tools in `apps/sim/tools/registry.ts`
+2. Add to the `tools` object with snake_case keys:
+```typescript
+import { serviceActionTool } from '@/tools/{service}'
+
+export const tools = {
+  // ... existing tools ...
+  {service}_{action}: serviceActionTool,
+}
+```
+
+## V2 Tool Pattern
+
+If creating V2 tools (API-aligned outputs), use `_v2` suffix:
+- Tool ID: `{service}_{action}_v2`
+- Variable name: `{action}V2Tool`
+- Version: `'2.0.0'`
+- Outputs: Flat, API-aligned (no content/metadata wrapper)
+
+## Checklist Before Finishing
+
+- [ ] All params have explicit `required: true` or `required: false`
+- [ ] All params have appropriate `visibility`
+- [ ] All nullable response fields use `?? null`
+- [ ] All optional outputs have `optional: true`
+- [ ] No raw JSON dumps in outputs
+- [ ] Types file has all interfaces
+- [ ] Index.ts exports all tools
+- [ ] Tool IDs use snake_case

.claude/commands/add-trigger.md

@@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
+---
+description: Create webhook triggers for a Sim Studio integration using the generic trigger builder
+argument-hint: <service-name>
+---
+
+# Add Trigger Skill
+
+You are an expert at creating webhook triggers for Sim Studio. You understand the trigger system, the generic `buildTriggerSubBlocks` helper, and how triggers connect to blocks.
+
+## Your Task
+
+When the user asks you to create triggers for a service:
+1. Research what webhook events the service supports
+2. Create the trigger files using the generic builder
+3. Register triggers and connect them to the block
+
+## Directory Structure
+
+```
+apps/sim/triggers/{service}/
+├── index.ts              # Barrel exports
+├── utils.ts              # Service-specific helpers (trigger options, setup instructions, extra fields)
+├── {event_a}.ts          # Primary trigger (includes dropdown)
+├── {event_b}.ts          # Secondary trigger (no dropdown)
+├── {event_c}.ts          # Secondary trigger (no dropdown)
+└── webhook.ts            # Generic webhook trigger (optional, for "all events")
+```
+
+## Step 1: Create utils.ts
+
+This file contains service-specific helpers used by all triggers.
+
+```typescript
+import type { SubBlockConfig } from '@/blocks/types'
+import type { TriggerOutput } from '@/triggers/types'
+
+/**
+ * Dropdown options for the trigger type selector.
+ * These appear in the primary trigger's dropdown.
+ */
+export const {service}TriggerOptions = [
+  { label: 'Event A', id: '{service}_event_a' },
+  { label: 'Event B', id: '{service}_event_b' },
+  { label: 'Event C', id: '{service}_event_c' },
+  { label: 'Generic Webhook (All Events)', id: '{service}_webhook' },
+]
+
+/**
+ * Generates HTML setup instructions for the trigger.
+ * Displayed to users to help them configure webhooks in the external service.
+ */
+export function {service}SetupInstructions(eventType: string): string {
+  const instructions = [
+    'Copy the <strong>Webhook URL</strong> above',
+    'Go to <strong>{Service} Settings > Webhooks</strong>',
+    'Click <strong>Add Webhook</strong>',
+    'Paste the webhook URL',
+    `Select the <strong>${eventType}</strong> event type`,
+    'Save the webhook configuration',
+    'Click "Save" above to activate your trigger',
+  ]
+
+  return instructions
+    .map((instruction, index) =>
+      `<div class="mb-3"><strong>${index + 1}.</strong> ${instruction}</div>`
+    )
+    .join('')
+}
+
+/**
+ * Service-specific extra fields to add to triggers.
+ * These are inserted between webhookUrl and triggerSave.
+ */
+export function build{Service}ExtraFields(triggerId: string): SubBlockConfig[] {
+  return [
+    {
+      id: 'projectId',
+      title: 'Project ID (Optional)',
+      type: 'short-input',
+      placeholder: 'Leave empty for all projects',
+      description: 'Optionally filter to a specific project',
+      mode: 'trigger',
+      condition: { field: 'selectedTriggerId', value: triggerId },
+    },
+  ]
+}
+
+/**
+ * Build outputs for this trigger type.
+ * Outputs define what data is available to downstream blocks.
+ */
+export function build{Service}Outputs(): Record<string, TriggerOutput> {
+  return {
+    eventType: { type: 'string', description: 'The type of event that triggered this workflow' },
+    resourceId: { type: 'string', description: 'ID of the affected resource' },
+    timestamp: { type: 'string', description: 'When the event occurred (ISO 8601)' },
+    // Nested outputs for complex data
+    resource: {
+      id: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource ID' },
+      name: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource name' },
+      status: { type: 'string', description: 'Current status' },
+    },
+    webhook: { type: 'json', description: 'Full webhook payload' },
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Step 2: Create the Primary Trigger
+
+The **primary trigger** is the first one listed. It MUST include `includeDropdown: true` so users can switch between trigger types.
+
+```typescript
+import { {Service}Icon } from '@/components/icons'
+import { buildTriggerSubBlocks } from '@/triggers'
+import {
+  build{Service}ExtraFields,
+  build{Service}Outputs,
+  {service}SetupInstructions,
+  {service}TriggerOptions,
+} from '@/triggers/{service}/utils'
+import type { TriggerConfig } from '@/triggers/types'
+
+/**
+ * {Service} Event A Trigger
+ *
+ * This is the PRIMARY trigger - it includes the dropdown for selecting trigger type.
+ */
+export const {service}EventATrigger: TriggerConfig = {
+  id: '{service}_event_a',
+  name: '{Service} Event A',
+  provider: '{service}',
+  description: 'Trigger workflow when Event A occurs',
+  version: '1.0.0',
+  icon: {Service}Icon,
+
+  subBlocks: buildTriggerSubBlocks({
+    triggerId: '{service}_event_a',
+    triggerOptions: {service}TriggerOptions,
+    includeDropdown: true,  // PRIMARY TRIGGER - includes dropdown
+    setupInstructions: {service}SetupInstructions('Event A'),
+    extraFields: build{Service}ExtraFields('{service}_event_a'),
+  }),
+
+  outputs: build{Service}Outputs(),
+
+  webhook: {
+    method: 'POST',
+    headers: {
+      'Content-Type': 'application/json',
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Step 3: Create Secondary Triggers
+
+Secondary triggers do NOT include the dropdown (it's already in the primary trigger).
+
+```typescript
+import { {Service}Icon } from '@/components/icons'
+import { buildTriggerSubBlocks } from '@/triggers'
+import {
+  build{Service}ExtraFields,
+  build{Service}Outputs,
+  {service}SetupInstructions,
+  {service}TriggerOptions,
+} from '@/triggers/{service}/utils'
+import type { TriggerConfig } from '@/triggers/types'
+
+/**
+ * {Service} Event B Trigger
+ */
+export const {service}EventBTrigger: TriggerConfig = {
+  id: '{service}_event_b',
+  name: '{Service} Event B',
+  provider: '{service}',
+  description: 'Trigger workflow when Event B occurs',
+  version: '1.0.0',
+  icon: {Service}Icon,
+
+  subBlocks: buildTriggerSubBlocks({
+    triggerId: '{service}_event_b',
+    triggerOptions: {service}TriggerOptions,
+    // NO includeDropdown - secondary trigger
+    setupInstructions: {service}SetupInstructions('Event B'),
+    extraFields: build{Service}ExtraFields('{service}_event_b'),
+  }),
+
+  outputs: build{Service}Outputs(),
+
+  webhook: {
+    method: 'POST',
+    headers: {
+      'Content-Type': 'application/json',
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+## Step 4: Create index.ts Barrel Export
+
+```typescript
+export { {service}EventATrigger } from './event_a'
+export { {service}EventBTrigger } from './event_b'
+export { {service}EventCTrigger } from './event_c'
+export { {service}WebhookTrigger } from './webhook'
+```
+
+## Step 5: Register Triggers
+
+### Trigger Registry (`apps/sim/triggers/registry.ts`)
+
+```typescript
+// Add import
+import {
+  {service}EventATrigger,
+  {service}EventBTrigger,
+  {service}EventCTrigger,
+  {service}WebhookTrigger,
+} from '@/triggers/{service}'
+
+// Add to TRIGGER_REGISTRY
+export const TRIGGER_REGISTRY: TriggerRegistry = {
+  // ... existing triggers ...
+  {service}_event_a: {service}EventATrigger,
+  {service}_event_b: {service}EventBTrigger,
+  {service}_event_c: {service}EventCTrigger,
+  {service}_webhook: {service}WebhookTrigger,
+}
+```
+
+## Step 6: Connect Triggers to Block
+
+In the block file (`apps/sim/blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`):
+
+```typescript
+import { {Service}Icon } from '@/components/icons'
+import { getTrigger } from '@/triggers'
+import type { BlockConfig } from '@/blocks/types'
+
+export const {Service}Block: BlockConfig = {
+  type: '{service}',
+  name: '{Service}',
+  // ... other config ...
+
+  // Enable triggers and list available trigger IDs
+  triggers: {
+    enabled: true,
+    available: [
+      '{service}_event_a',
+      '{service}_event_b',
+      '{service}_event_c',
+      '{service}_webhook',
+    ],
+  },
+
+  subBlocks: [
+    // Regular tool subBlocks first
+    { id: 'operation', /* ... */ },
+    { id: 'credential', /* ... */ },
+    // ... other tool fields ...
+
+    // Then spread ALL trigger subBlocks
+    ...getTrigger('{service}_event_a').subBlocks,
+    ...getTrigger('{service}_event_b').subBlocks,
+    ...getTrigger('{service}_event_c').subBlocks,
+    ...getTrigger('{service}_webhook').subBlocks,
+  ],
+
+  // ... tools config ...
+}
+```
+
+## Automatic Webhook Registration (Preferred)
+
+If the service's API supports programmatic webhook creation, implement automatic webhook registration instead of requiring users to manually configure webhooks. This provides a much better user experience.
+
+### When to Use Automatic Registration
+
+Check the service's API documentation for endpoints like:
+- `POST /webhooks` or `POST /hooks` - Create webhook
+- `DELETE /webhooks/{id}` - Delete webhook
+
+Services that support this pattern include: Grain, Lemlist, Calendly, Airtable, Webflow, Typeform, etc.
+
+### Implementation Steps
+
+#### 1. Add API Key to Extra Fields
+
+Update your `build{Service}ExtraFields` function to include an API key field:
+
+```typescript
+export function build{Service}ExtraFields(triggerId: string): SubBlockConfig[] {
+  return [
+    {
+      id: 'apiKey',
+      title: 'API Key',
+      type: 'short-input',
+      placeholder: 'Enter your {Service} API key',
+      description: 'Required to create the webhook in {Service}.',
+      password: true,
+      required: true,
+      mode: 'trigger',
+      condition: { field: 'selectedTriggerId', value: triggerId },
+    },
+    // Other optional fields (e.g., campaign filter, project filter)
+    {
+      id: 'projectId',
+      title: 'Project ID (Optional)',
+      type: 'short-input',
+      placeholder: 'Leave empty for all projects',
+      mode: 'trigger',
+      condition: { field: 'selectedTriggerId', value: triggerId },
+    },
+  ]
+}
+```
+
+#### 2. Update Setup Instructions for Automatic Creation
+
+Change instructions to indicate automatic webhook creation:
+
+```typescript
+export function {service}SetupInstructions(eventType: string): string {
+  const instructions = [
+    'Enter your {Service} API Key above.',
+    'You can find your API key in {Service} at <strong>Settings > API</strong>.',
+    `Click <strong>"Save Configuration"</strong> to automatically create the webhook in {Service} for <strong>${eventType}</strong> events.`,
+    'The webhook will be automatically deleted when you remove this trigger.',
+  ]
+
+  return instructions
+    .map((instruction, index) =>
+      `<div class="mb-3"><strong>${index + 1}.</strong> ${instruction}</div>`
+    )
+    .join('')
+}
+```
+
+#### 3. Add Webhook Creation to API Route
+
+In `apps/sim/app/api/webhooks/route.ts`, add provider-specific logic after the database save:
+
+```typescript
+// --- {Service} specific logic ---
+if (savedWebhook && provider === '{service}') {
+  logger.info(`[${requestId}] {Service} provider detected. Creating webhook subscription.`)
+  try {
+    const result = await create{Service}WebhookSubscription(
+      {
+        id: savedWebhook.id,
+        path: savedWebhook.path,
+        providerConfig: savedWebhook.providerConfig,
+      },
+      requestId
+    )
+
+    if (result) {
+      // Update the webhook record with the external webhook ID
+      const updatedConfig = {
+        ...(savedWebhook.providerConfig as Record<string, any>),
+        externalId: result.id,
+      }
+      await db
+        .update(webhook)
+        .set({
+          providerConfig: updatedConfig,
+          updatedAt: new Date(),
+        })
+        .where(eq(webhook.id, savedWebhook.id))
+
+      savedWebhook.providerConfig = updatedConfig
+      logger.info(`[${requestId}] Successfully created {Service} webhook`, {
+        externalHookId: result.id,
+        webhookId: savedWebhook.id,
+      })
+    }
+  } catch (err) {
+    logger.error(
+      `[${requestId}] Error creating {Service} webhook subscription, rolling back webhook`,
+      err
+    )
+    await db.delete(webhook).where(eq(webhook.id, savedWebhook.id))
+    return NextResponse.json(
+      {
+        error: 'Failed to create webhook in {Service}',
+        details: err instanceof Error ? err.message : 'Unknown error',
+      },
+      { status: 500 }
+    )
+  }
+}
+// --- End {Service} specific logic ---
+```
+
+Then add the helper function at the end of the file:
+
+```typescript
+async function create{Service}WebhookSubscription(
+  webhookData: any,
+  requestId: string
+): Promise<{ id: string } | undefined> {
+  try {
+    const { path, providerConfig } = webhookData
+    const { apiKey, triggerId, projectId } = providerConfig || {}
+
+    if (!apiKey) {
+      throw new Error('{Service} API Key is required.')
+    }
+
+    // Map trigger IDs to service event types
+    const eventTypeMap: Record<string, string | undefined> = {
+      {service}_event_a: 'eventA',
+      {service}_event_b: 'eventB',
+      {service}_webhook: undefined, // Generic - no filter
+    }
+
+    const eventType = eventTypeMap[triggerId]
+    const notificationUrl = `${getBaseUrl()}/api/webhooks/trigger/${path}`
+
+    const requestBody: Record<string, any> = {
+      url: notificationUrl,
+    }
+
+    if (eventType) {
+      requestBody.eventType = eventType
+    }
+
+    if (projectId) {
+      requestBody.projectId = projectId
+    }
+
+    const response = await fetch('https://api.{service}.com/webhooks', {
+      method: 'POST',
+      headers: {
+        Authorization: `Bearer ${apiKey}`,
+        'Content-Type': 'application/json',
+      },
+      body: JSON.stringify(requestBody),
+    })
+
+    const responseBody = await response.json()
+
+    if (!response.ok) {
+      const errorMessage = responseBody.message || 'Unknown API error'
+      let userFriendlyMessage = 'Failed to create webhook in {Service}'
+
+      if (response.status === 401) {
+        userFriendlyMessage = 'Invalid API Key. Please verify and try again.'
+      } else if (errorMessage) {
+        userFriendlyMessage = `{Service} error: ${errorMessage}`
+      }
+
+      throw new Error(userFriendlyMessage)
+    }
+
+    return { id: responseBody.id }
+  } catch (error: any) {
+    logger.error(`Exception during {Service} webhook creation`, { error: error.message })
+    throw error
+  }
+}
+```
+
+#### 4. Add Webhook Deletion to Provider Subscriptions
+
+In `apps/sim/lib/webhooks/provider-subscriptions.ts`:
+
+1. Add a logger:
+```typescript
+const {service}Logger = createLogger('{Service}Webhook')
+```
+
+2. Add the delete function:
+```typescript
+export async function delete{Service}Webhook(webhook: any, requestId: string): Promise<void> {
+  try {
+    const config = getProviderConfig(webhook)
+    const apiKey = config.apiKey as string | undefined
+    const externalId = config.externalId as string | undefined
+
+    if (!apiKey || !externalId) {
+      {service}Logger.warn(`[${requestId}] Missing apiKey or externalId, skipping cleanup`)
+      return
+    }
+
+    const response = await fetch(`https://api.{service}.com/webhooks/${externalId}`, {
+      method: 'DELETE',
+      headers: {
+        Authorization: `Bearer ${apiKey}`,
+      },
+    })
+
+    if (!response.ok && response.status !== 404) {
+      {service}Logger.warn(`[${requestId}] Failed to delete webhook (non-fatal): ${response.status}`)
+    } else {
+      {service}Logger.info(`[${requestId}] Successfully deleted webhook ${externalId}`)
+    }
+  } catch (error) {
+    {service}Logger.warn(`[${requestId}] Error deleting webhook (non-fatal)`, error)
+  }
+}
+```
+
+3. Add to `cleanupExternalWebhook`:
+```typescript
+export async function cleanupExternalWebhook(...): Promise<void> {
+  // ... existing providers ...
+  } else if (webhook.provider === '{service}') {
+    await delete{Service}Webhook(webhook, requestId)
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Key Points for Automatic Registration
+
+- **API Key visibility**: Always use `password: true` for API key fields
+- **Error handling**: Roll back the database webhook if external creation fails
+- **External ID storage**: Save the external webhook ID in `providerConfig.externalId`
+- **Graceful cleanup**: Don't fail webhook deletion if cleanup fails (use non-fatal logging)
+- **User-friendly errors**: Map HTTP status codes to helpful error messages
+
+## The buildTriggerSubBlocks Helper
+
+This is the generic helper from `@/triggers` that creates consistent trigger subBlocks.
+
+### Function Signature
+
+```typescript
+interface BuildTriggerSubBlocksOptions {
+  triggerId: string                              // e.g., 'service_event_a'
+  triggerOptions: Array<{ label: string; id: string }>  // Dropdown options
+  includeDropdown?: boolean                      // true only for primary trigger
+  setupInstructions: string                      // HTML instructions
+  extraFields?: SubBlockConfig[]                 // Service-specific fields
+  webhookPlaceholder?: string                    // Custom placeholder text
+}
+
+function buildTriggerSubBlocks(options: BuildTriggerSubBlocksOptions): SubBlockConfig[]
+```
+
+### What It Creates
+
+The helper creates this structure:
+1. **Dropdown** (only if `includeDropdown: true`) - Trigger type selector
+2. **Webhook URL** - Read-only field with copy button
+3. **Extra Fields** - Your service-specific fields (filters, options, etc.)
+4. **Save Button** - Activates the trigger
+5. **Instructions** - Setup guide for users
+
+All fields automatically have:
+- `mode: 'trigger'` - Only shown in trigger mode
+- `condition: { field: 'selectedTriggerId', value: triggerId }` - Only shown when this trigger is selected
+
+## Trigger Outputs
+
+Trigger outputs use the same schema as block outputs (NOT tool outputs).
+
+**Supported:**
+- `type` and `description` for simple fields
+- Nested object structure for complex data
+
+**NOT Supported:**
+- `optional: true` (tool outputs only)
+- `items` property (tool outputs only)
+
+```typescript
+export function buildOutputs(): Record<string, TriggerOutput> {
+  return {
+    // Simple fields
+    eventType: { type: 'string', description: 'Event type' },
+    timestamp: { type: 'string', description: 'When it occurred' },
+
+    // Complex data - use type: 'json'
+    payload: { type: 'json', description: 'Full event payload' },
+
+    // Nested structure
+    resource: {
+      id: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource ID' },
+      name: { type: 'string', description: 'Resource name' },
+    },
+  }
+}
+```
+
+## Generic Webhook Trigger Pattern
+
+For services with many event types, create a generic webhook that accepts all events:
+
+```typescript
+export const {service}WebhookTrigger: TriggerConfig = {
+  id: '{service}_webhook',
+  name: '{Service} Webhook (All Events)',
+  // ...
+
+  subBlocks: buildTriggerSubBlocks({
+    triggerId: '{service}_webhook',
+    triggerOptions: {service}TriggerOptions,
+    setupInstructions: {service}SetupInstructions('All Events'),
+    extraFields: [
+      // Event type filter (optional)
+      {
+        id: 'eventTypes',
+        title: 'Event Types',
+        type: 'dropdown',
+        multiSelect: true,
+        options: [
+          { label: 'Event A', id: 'event_a' },
+          { label: 'Event B', id: 'event_b' },
+        ],
+        placeholder: 'Leave empty for all events',
+        mode: 'trigger',
+        condition: { field: 'selectedTriggerId', value: '{service}_webhook' },
+      },
+      // Plus any other service-specific fields
+      ...build{Service}ExtraFields('{service}_webhook'),
+    ],
+  }),
+}
+```
+
+## Checklist Before Finishing
+
+### Utils
+- [ ] Created `{service}TriggerOptions` array with all trigger IDs
+- [ ] Created `{service}SetupInstructions` function with clear steps
+- [ ] Created `build{Service}ExtraFields` for service-specific fields
+- [ ] Created output builders for each trigger type
+
+### Triggers
+- [ ] Primary trigger has `includeDropdown: true`
+- [ ] Secondary triggers do NOT have `includeDropdown`
+- [ ] All triggers use `buildTriggerSubBlocks` helper
+- [ ] All triggers have proper outputs defined
+- [ ] Created `index.ts` barrel export
+
+### Registration
+- [ ] All triggers imported in `triggers/registry.ts`
+- [ ] All triggers added to `TRIGGER_REGISTRY`
+- [ ] Block has `triggers.enabled: true`
+- [ ] Block has all trigger IDs in `triggers.available`
+- [ ] Block spreads all trigger subBlocks: `...getTrigger('id').subBlocks`
+
+### Automatic Webhook Registration (if supported)
+- [ ] Added API key field to `build{Service}ExtraFields` with `password: true`
+- [ ] Updated setup instructions for automatic webhook creation
+- [ ] Added provider-specific logic to `apps/sim/app/api/webhooks/route.ts`
+- [ ] Added `create{Service}WebhookSubscription` helper function
+- [ ] Added `delete{Service}Webhook` function to `provider-subscriptions.ts`
+- [ ] Added provider to `cleanupExternalWebhook` function
+
+### Testing
+- [ ] Run `bun run type-check` to verify no TypeScript errors
+- [ ] Restart dev server to pick up new triggers
+- [ ] Test trigger UI shows correctly in the block
+- [ ] Test automatic webhook creation works (if applicable)

.cursor/rules/emcn-components.mdc

@@ -1,45 +1,35 @@
 ---
-description: EMCN component library patterns with CVA
+description: EMCN component library patterns
 globs: ["apps/sim/components/emcn/**"]
 ---
 
-# EMCN Component Guidelines
+# EMCN Components
 
-## When to Use CVA vs Direct Styles
+Import from `@/components/emcn`, never from subpaths (except CSS files).
 
-**Use CVA (class-variance-authority) when:**
-- 2+ visual variants (primary, secondary, outline)
-- Multiple sizes or state variations
-- Example: Button with variants
+## CVA vs Direct Styles
 
-**Use direct className when:**
-- Single consistent style
-- No variations needed
-- Example: Label with one style
+**Use CVA when:** 2+ variants (primary/secondary, sm/md/lg)
 
-## Patterns
-
-**With CVA:**
 ```tsx
 const buttonVariants = cva('base-classes', {
-  variants: { 
-    variant: { default: '...', primary: '...' },
-    size: { sm: '...', md: '...' }
-  }
+  variants: { variant: { default: '...', primary: '...' } }
 })
 export { Button, buttonVariants }
 ```
 
-**Without CVA:**
+**Use direct className when:** Single consistent style, no variations
+
 ```tsx
 function Label({ className, ...props }) {
-  return <Primitive className={cn('single-style-classes', className)} {...props} />
+  return <Primitive className={cn('style-classes', className)} {...props} />
 }
 ```
 
 ## Rules
+
 - Use Radix UI primitives for accessibility
 - Export component and variants (if using CVA)
 - TSDoc with usage examples
 - Consistent tokens: `font-medium`, `text-[12px]`, `rounded-[4px]`
-- Always use `transition-colors` for hover states
+- `transition-colors` for hover states

.cursor/rules/global.mdc

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ alwaysApply: true
 You are a professional software engineer. All code must follow best practices: accurate, readable, clean, and efficient.
 
 ## Logging
-Use `logger.info`, `logger.warn`, `logger.error` instead of `console.log`.
+Import `createLogger` from `sim/logger`. Use `logger.info`, `logger.warn`, `logger.error` instead of `console.log`.
 
 ## Comments
 Use TSDoc for documentation. No `====` separators. No non-TSDoc comments.

.cursor/rules/sim-architecture.mdc

@@ -10,58 +10,47 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**"]
 2. **Composition Over Complexity**: Break down complex logic into smaller pieces
 3. **Type Safety First**: TypeScript interfaces for all props, state, return types
 4. **Predictable State**: Zustand for global state, useState for UI-only concerns
-5. **Performance by Default**: useMemo, useCallback, refs appropriately
 
-## File Organization
+## Root-Level Structure
+
+```
+apps/sim/
+├── app/                 # Next.js app router (pages, API routes)
+├── blocks/              # Block definitions and registry
+├── components/          # Shared UI (emcn/, ui/)
+├── executor/            # Workflow execution engine
+├── hooks/               # Shared hooks (queries/, selectors/)
+├── lib/                 # App-wide utilities
+├── providers/           # LLM provider integrations
+├── stores/              # Zustand stores
+├── tools/               # Tool definitions
+└── triggers/            # Trigger definitions
+```
+
+## Feature Organization
+
+Features live under `app/workspace/[workspaceId]/`:
 
 ```
 feature/
-├── components/        # Feature components
-│   └── sub-feature/   # Sub-feature with own components
-├── hooks/             # Custom hooks
-└── feature.tsx        # Main component
+├── components/          # Feature components
+├── hooks/               # Feature-scoped hooks
+├── utils/               # Feature-scoped utilities (2+ consumers)
+├── feature.tsx          # Main component
+└── page.tsx             # Next.js page entry
 ```
 
 ## Naming Conventions
-- **Components**: PascalCase (`WorkflowList`, `TriggerPanel`)
-- **Hooks**: camelCase with `use` prefix (`useWorkflowOperations`)
-- **Files**: kebab-case matching export (`workflow-list.tsx`)
-- **Stores**: kebab-case in stores/ (`sidebar/store.ts`)
+- **Components**: PascalCase (`WorkflowList`)
+- **Hooks**: `use` prefix (`useWorkflowOperations`)
+- **Files**: kebab-case (`workflow-list.tsx`)
+- **Stores**: `stores/feature/store.ts`
 - **Constants**: SCREAMING_SNAKE_CASE
 - **Interfaces**: PascalCase with suffix (`WorkflowListProps`)
 
-## State Management
+## Utils Rules
 
-**useState**: UI-only concerns (dropdown open, hover, form inputs)
-**Zustand**: Shared state, persistence, global app state
-**useRef**: DOM refs, avoiding dependency issues, mutable non-reactive values
-
-## Component Extraction
-
-**Extract to separate file when:**
-- Complex (50+ lines)
-- Used across 2+ files
-- Has own state/logic
-
-**Keep inline when:**
-- Simple (< 10 lines)
-- Used in only 1 file
-- Purely presentational
-
-**Never import utilities from another component file.** Extract shared helpers to `lib/` or `utils/`.
-
-## Utils Files
-
-**Never create a `utils.ts` file for a single consumer.** Inline the logic directly in the consuming component.
-
-**Create `utils.ts` when:**
-- 2+ files import the same helper
-
-**Prefer existing sources of truth:**
-- Before duplicating logic, check if a centralized helper already exists (e.g., `lib/logs/get-trigger-options.ts`)
-- Import from the source of truth rather than creating wrapper functions
-
-**Location hierarchy:**
-- `lib/` — App-wide utilities (auth, billing, core)
-- `feature/utils.ts` — Feature-scoped utilities (used by 2+ components in the feature)
-- Inline — Single-use helpers (define directly in the component)
+- **Never create `utils.ts` for single consumer** - inline it
+- **Create `utils.ts` when** 2+ files need the same helper
+- **Check existing sources** before duplicating (`lib/` has many utilities)
+- **Location**: `lib/` (app-wide) → `feature/utils/` (feature-scoped) → inline (single-use)

.cursor/rules/sim-components.mdc

@@ -6,59 +6,43 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**/*.tsx"]
 # Component Patterns
 
 ## Structure Order
+
 ```typescript
 'use client' // Only if using hooks
 
-// 1. Imports (external → internal → relative)
-// 2. Constants at module level
+// Imports (external → internal)
+// Constants at module level
 const CONFIG = { SPACING: 8 } as const
 
-// 3. Props interface with TSDoc
+// Props interface
 interface ComponentProps {
-  /** Description */
   requiredProp: string
   optionalProp?: boolean
 }
 
-// 4. Component with TSDoc
 export function Component({ requiredProp, optionalProp = false }: ComponentProps) {
   // a. Refs
   // b. External hooks (useParams, useRouter)
   // c. Store hooks
   // d. Custom hooks
   // e. Local state
-  // f. useMemo computations
-  // g. useCallback handlers
+  // f. useMemo
+  // g. useCallback
   // h. useEffect
   // i. Return JSX
 }
 ```
 
 ## Rules
-1. Add `'use client'` when using React hooks
+
+1. `'use client'` only when using React hooks
 2. Always define props interface
-3. TSDoc on component: description, @param, @returns
-4. Extract constants with `as const`
-5. Use Tailwind only, no inline styles
-6. Semantic HTML (`aside`, `nav`, `article`)
-7. Include ARIA attributes where appropriate
-8. Optional chain callbacks: `onAction?.(id)`
+3. Extract constants with `as const`
+4. Semantic HTML (`aside`, `nav`, `article`)
+5. Optional chain callbacks: `onAction?.(id)`
 
-## Factory Pattern with Caching
+## Component Extraction
 
-When generating components for a specific signature (e.g., icons):
+**Extract when:** 50+ lines, used in 2+ files, or has own state/logic
 
-```typescript
-const cache = new Map<string, React.ComponentType<{ className?: string }>>()
-
-function getColorIcon(color: string) {
-  if (cache.has(color)) return cache.get(color)!
-  
-  const Icon = ({ className }: { className?: string }) => (
-    <div className={cn(className, 'rounded-[3px]')} style={{ backgroundColor: color, width: 10, height: 10 }} />
-  )
-  Icon.displayName = `ColorIcon(${color})`
-  cache.set(color, Icon)
-  return Icon
-}
-```
+**Keep inline when:** < 10 lines, single use, purely presentational

.cursor/rules/sim-hooks.mdc

@@ -6,21 +6,13 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**/use-*.ts", "apps/sim/**/hooks/**/*.ts"]
 # Hook Patterns
 
 ## Structure
+
 ```typescript
-import { createLogger } from '@/lib/logs/console/logger'
-
-const logger = createLogger('useFeatureName')
-
 interface UseFeatureProps {
   id: string
   onSuccess?: (result: Result) => void
 }
 
-/**
- * Hook description.
- * @param props - Configuration
- * @returns State and operations
- */
 export function useFeature({ id, onSuccess }: UseFeatureProps) {
   // 1. Refs for stable dependencies
   const idRef = useRef(id)
@@ -29,7 +21,6 @@ export function useFeature({ id, onSuccess }: UseFeatureProps) {
   // 2. State
   const [data, setData] = useState<Data | null>(null)
   const [isLoading, setIsLoading] = useState(false)
-  const [error, setError] = useState<Error | null>(null)
 
   // 3. Sync refs
   useEffect(() => {
@@ -37,32 +28,27 @@ export function useFeature({ id, onSuccess }: UseFeatureProps) {
     onSuccessRef.current = onSuccess
   }, [id, onSuccess])
 
-  // 4. Operations with useCallback
+  // 4. Operations (useCallback with empty deps when using refs)
   const fetchData = useCallback(async () => {
     setIsLoading(true)
     try {
       const result = await fetch(`/api/${idRef.current}`).then(r => r.json())
       setData(result)
       onSuccessRef.current?.(result)
-    } catch (err) {
-      setError(err as Error)
-      logger.error('Failed', { error: err })
     } finally {
       setIsLoading(false)
     }
-  }, []) // Empty deps - using refs
+  }, [])
 
-  // 5. Return grouped by state/operations
-  return { data, isLoading, error, fetchData }
+  return { data, isLoading, fetchData }
 }
 ```
 
 ## Rules
+
 1. Single responsibility per hook
 2. Props interface required
-3. TSDoc required
-4. Use logger, not console.log
-5. Refs for stable callback dependencies
-6. Wrap returned functions in useCallback
-7. Always try/catch async operations
-8. Track loading/error states
+3. Refs for stable callback dependencies
+4. Wrap returned functions in useCallback
+5. Always try/catch async operations
+6. Track loading/error states

.cursor/rules/sim-imports.mdc

@@ -5,33 +5,57 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**/*.ts", "apps/sim/**/*.tsx"]
 
 # Import Patterns
 
-## EMCN Components
-Import from `@/components/emcn`, never from subpaths like `@/components/emcn/components/modal/modal`.
+## Absolute Imports
 
-**Exception**: CSS imports use actual file paths: `import '@/components/emcn/components/code/code.css'`
+**Always use absolute imports.** Never use relative imports.
 
-## Feature Components
-Import from central folder indexes, not specific subfolders:
 ```typescript
-// ✅ Correct
-import { Dashboard, Sidebar } from '@/app/workspace/[workspaceId]/logs/components'
+// ✓ Good
+import { useWorkflowStore } from '@/stores/workflows/store'
+import { Button } from '@/components/ui/button'
 
-// ❌ Wrong
-import { Dashboard } from '@/app/workspace/[workspaceId]/logs/components/dashboard'
+// ✗ Bad
+import { useWorkflowStore } from '../../../stores/workflows/store'
 ```
 
-## Internal vs External
-- **Cross-feature**: Absolute paths through central index
-- **Within feature**: Relative paths (`./components/...`, `../utils`)
+## Barrel Exports
+
+Use barrel exports (`index.ts`) when a folder has 3+ exports. Import from barrel, not individual files.
+
+```typescript
+// ✓ Good
+import { Dashboard, Sidebar } from '@/app/workspace/[workspaceId]/logs/components'
+
+// ✗ Bad
+import { Dashboard } from '@/app/workspace/[workspaceId]/logs/components/dashboard/dashboard'
+```
+
+## No Re-exports
+
+Do not re-export from non-barrel files. Import directly from the source.
+
+```typescript
+// ✓ Good - import from where it's declared
+import { CORE_TRIGGER_TYPES } from '@/stores/logs/filters/types'
+
+// ✗ Bad - re-exporting in utils.ts then importing from there
+import { CORE_TRIGGER_TYPES } from '@/app/workspace/.../utils'
+```
 
 ## Import Order
+
 1. React/core libraries
 2. External libraries
 3. UI components (`@/components/emcn`, `@/components/ui`)
 4. Utilities (`@/lib/...`)
-5. Feature imports from indexes
-6. Relative imports
+5. Stores (`@/stores/...`)
+6. Feature imports
 7. CSS imports
 
-## Types
-Use `type` keyword: `import type { WorkflowLog } from '...'`
+## Type Imports
+
+Use `type` keyword for type-only imports:
+
+```typescript
+import type { WorkflowLog } from '@/stores/logs/types'
+```

.cursor/rules/sim-integrations.mdc

@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+---
+description: Adding new integrations (tools, blocks, triggers)
+globs: ["apps/sim/tools/**", "apps/sim/blocks/**", "apps/sim/triggers/**"]
+---
+
+# Adding Integrations
+
+## Overview
+
+Adding a new integration typically requires:
+1. **Tools** - API operations (`tools/{service}/`)
+2. **Block** - UI component (`blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`)
+3. **Icon** - SVG icon (`components/icons.tsx`)
+4. **Trigger** (optional) - Webhooks/polling (`triggers/{service}/`)
+
+Always look up the service's API docs first.
+
+## 1. Tools (`tools/{service}/`)
+
+```
+tools/{service}/
+├── index.ts           # Export all tools
+├── types.ts           # Params/response types
+├── {action}.ts        # Individual tool (e.g., send_message.ts)
+└── ...
+```
+
+**Tool file structure:**
+
+```typescript
+// tools/{service}/{action}.ts
+import type { {Service}Params, {Service}Response } from '@/tools/{service}/types'
+import type { ToolConfig } from '@/tools/types'
+
+export const {service}{Action}Tool: ToolConfig<{Service}Params, {Service}Response> = {
+  id: '{service}_{action}',
+  name: '{Service} {Action}',
+  description: 'What this tool does',
+  version: '1.0.0',
+  oauth: { required: true, provider: '{service}' }, // if OAuth
+  params: { /* param definitions */ },
+  request: {
+    url: '/api/tools/{service}/{action}',
+    method: 'POST',
+    headers: () => ({ 'Content-Type': 'application/json' }),
+    body: (params) => ({ ...params }),
+  },
+  transformResponse: async (response) => {
+    const data = await response.json()
+    if (!data.success) throw new Error(data.error)
+    return { success: true, output: data.output }
+  },
+  outputs: { /* output definitions */ },
+}
+```
+
+**Register in `tools/registry.ts`:**
+
+```typescript
+import { {service}{Action}Tool } from '@/tools/{service}'
+// Add to registry object
+{service}_{action}: {service}{Action}Tool,
+```
+
+## 2. Block (`blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`)
+
+```typescript
+import { {Service}Icon } from '@/components/icons'
+import type { BlockConfig } from '@/blocks/types'
+import type { {Service}Response } from '@/tools/{service}/types'
+
+export const {Service}Block: BlockConfig<{Service}Response> = {
+  type: '{service}',
+  name: '{Service}',
+  description: 'Short description',
+  longDescription: 'Detailed description',
+  category: 'tools',
+  bgColor: '#hexcolor',
+  icon: {Service}Icon,
+  subBlocks: [ /* see SubBlock Properties below */ ],
+  tools: {
+    access: ['{service}_{action}', ...],
+    config: {
+      tool: (params) => `{service}_${params.operation}`,
+      params: (params) => ({ ...params }),
+    },
+  },
+  inputs: { /* input definitions */ },
+  outputs: { /* output definitions */ },
+}
+```
+
+### SubBlock Properties
+
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'fieldName',           // Unique identifier
+  title: 'Field Label',      // UI label
+  type: 'short-input',       // See SubBlock Types below
+  placeholder: 'Hint text',
+  required: true,            // See Required below
+  condition: { ... },        // See Condition below
+  dependsOn: ['otherField'], // See DependsOn below
+  mode: 'basic',             // 'basic' | 'advanced' | 'both' | 'trigger'
+}
+```
+
+**SubBlock Types:** `short-input`, `long-input`, `dropdown`, `code`, `switch`, `slider`, `oauth-input`, `channel-selector`, `user-selector`, `file-upload`, etc.
+
+### `condition` - Show/hide based on another field
+
+```typescript
+// Show when operation === 'send'
+condition: { field: 'operation', value: 'send' }
+
+// Show when operation is 'send' OR 'read'
+condition: { field: 'operation', value: ['send', 'read'] }
+
+// Show when operation !== 'send'
+condition: { field: 'operation', value: 'send', not: true }
+
+// Complex: NOT in list AND another condition
+condition: {
+  field: 'operation',
+  value: ['list_channels', 'list_users'],
+  not: true,
+  and: { field: 'destinationType', value: 'dm', not: true }
+}
+```
+
+### `required` - Field validation
+
+```typescript
+// Always required
+required: true
+
+// Conditionally required (same syntax as condition)
+required: { field: 'operation', value: 'send' }
+```
+
+### `dependsOn` - Clear field when dependencies change
+
+```typescript
+// Clear when credential changes
+dependsOn: ['credential']
+
+// Clear when authMethod changes AND (credential OR botToken) changes
+dependsOn: { all: ['authMethod'], any: ['credential', 'botToken'] }
+```
+
+### `mode` - When to show field
+
+- `'basic'` - Only in basic mode (default UI)
+- `'advanced'` - Only in advanced mode (manual input)
+- `'both'` - Show in both modes (default)
+- `'trigger'` - Only when block is used as trigger
+
+**Register in `blocks/registry.ts`:**
+
+```typescript
+import { {Service}Block } from '@/blocks/blocks/{service}'
+// Add to registry object (alphabetically)
+{service}: {Service}Block,
+```
+
+## 3. Icon (`components/icons.tsx`)
+
+```typescript
+export function {Service}Icon(props: SVGProps<SVGSVGElement>) {
+  return (
+    <svg {...props} viewBox="0 0 24 24" fill="none" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg">
+      {/* SVG path from service's brand assets */}
+    </svg>
+  )
+}
+```
+
+## 4. Trigger (`triggers/{service}/`) - Optional
+
+```
+triggers/{service}/
+├── index.ts           # Export all triggers
+├── webhook.ts         # Webhook handler
+├── utils.ts           # Shared utilities
+└── {event}.ts         # Specific event handlers
+```
+
+**Register in `triggers/registry.ts`:**
+
+```typescript
+import { {service}WebhookTrigger } from '@/triggers/{service}'
+// Add to TRIGGER_REGISTRY
+{service}_webhook: {service}WebhookTrigger,
+```
+
+## Checklist
+
+- [ ] Look up API docs for the service
+- [ ] Create `tools/{service}/types.ts` with proper types
+- [ ] Create tool files for each operation
+- [ ] Create `tools/{service}/index.ts` barrel export
+- [ ] Register tools in `tools/registry.ts`
+- [ ] Add icon to `components/icons.tsx`
+- [ ] Create block in `blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`
+- [ ] Register block in `blocks/registry.ts`
+- [ ] (Optional) Create triggers in `triggers/{service}/`
+- [ ] (Optional) Register triggers in `triggers/registry.ts`

.cursor/rules/sim-queries.mdc

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+---
+description: React Query patterns for the Sim application
+globs: ["apps/sim/hooks/queries/**/*.ts"]
+---
+
+# React Query Patterns
+
+All React Query hooks live in `hooks/queries/`.
+
+## Query Key Factory
+
+Every query file defines a keys factory:
+
+```typescript
+export const entityKeys = {
+  all: ['entity'] as const,
+  list: (workspaceId?: string) => [...entityKeys.all, 'list', workspaceId ?? ''] as const,
+  detail: (id?: string) => [...entityKeys.all, 'detail', id ?? ''] as const,
+}
+```
+
+## File Structure
+
+```typescript
+// 1. Query keys factory
+// 2. Types (if needed)
+// 3. Private fetch functions
+// 4. Exported hooks
+```
+
+## Query Hook
+
+```typescript
+export function useEntityList(workspaceId?: string, options?: { enabled?: boolean }) {
+  return useQuery({
+    queryKey: entityKeys.list(workspaceId),
+    queryFn: () => fetchEntities(workspaceId as string),
+    enabled: Boolean(workspaceId) && (options?.enabled ?? true),
+    staleTime: 60 * 1000,
+    placeholderData: keepPreviousData,
+  })
+}
+```
+
+## Mutation Hook
+
+```typescript
+export function useCreateEntity() {
+  const queryClient = useQueryClient()
+  return useMutation({
+    mutationFn: async (variables) => { /* fetch POST */ },
+    onSuccess: () => queryClient.invalidateQueries({ queryKey: entityKeys.all }),
+  })
+}
+```
+
+## Optimistic Updates
+
+For optimistic mutations syncing with Zustand, use `createOptimisticMutationHandlers` from `@/hooks/queries/utils/optimistic-mutation`.
+
+## Naming
+
+- **Keys**: `entityKeys`
+- **Query hooks**: `useEntity`, `useEntityList`
+- **Mutation hooks**: `useCreateEntity`, `useUpdateEntity`
+- **Fetch functions**: `fetchEntity` (private)

.cursor/rules/sim-stores.mdc

@@ -5,53 +5,66 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**/store.ts", "apps/sim/**/stores/**/*.ts"]
 
 # Zustand Store Patterns
 
-## Structure
+Stores live in `stores/`. Complex stores split into `store.ts` + `types.ts`.
+
+## Basic Store
+
+```typescript
+import { create } from 'zustand'
+import { devtools } from 'zustand/middleware'
+import type { FeatureState } from '@/stores/feature/types'
+
+const initialState = { items: [] as Item[], activeId: null as string | null }
+
+export const useFeatureStore = create<FeatureState>()(
+  devtools(
+    (set, get) => ({
+      ...initialState,
+      setItems: (items) => set({ items }),
+      addItem: (item) => set((state) => ({ items: [...state.items, item] })),
+      reset: () => set(initialState),
+    }),
+    { name: 'feature-store' }
+  )
+)
+```
+
+## Persisted Store
+
 ```typescript
 import { create } from 'zustand'
 import { persist } from 'zustand/middleware'
 
-interface FeatureState {
-  // State
-  items: Item[]
-  activeId: string | null
-  
-  // Actions
-  setItems: (items: Item[]) => void
-  addItem: (item: Item) => void
-  clearState: () => void
-}
-
-const createInitialState = () => ({
-  items: [],
-  activeId: null,
-})
-
 export const useFeatureStore = create<FeatureState>()(
   persist(
     (set) => ({
-      ...createInitialState(),
-
-      setItems: (items) => set({ items }),
-
-      addItem: (item) => set((state) => ({
-        items: [...state.items, item],
-      })),
-
-      clearState: () => set(createInitialState()),
+      width: 300,
+      setWidth: (width) => set({ width }),
+      _hasHydrated: false,
+      setHasHydrated: (v) => set({ _hasHydrated: v }),
     }),
     {
       name: 'feature-state',
-      partialize: (state) => ({ items: state.items }),
+      partialize: (state) => ({ width: state.width }),
+      onRehydrateStorage: () => (state) => state?.setHasHydrated(true),
     }
   )
 )
 ```
 
 ## Rules
-1. Interface includes state and actions
-2. Extract config to module constants
-3. TSDoc on store
-4. Only persist what's needed
-5. Immutable updates only - never mutate
-6. Use `set((state) => ...)` when depending on previous state
-7. Provide clear/reset actions
+
+1. Use `devtools` middleware (named stores)
+2. Use `persist` only when data should survive reload
+3. `partialize` to persist only necessary state
+4. `_hasHydrated` pattern for persisted stores needing hydration tracking
+5. Immutable updates only
+6. `set((state) => ...)` when depending on previous state
+7. Provide `reset()` action
+
+## Outside React
+
+```typescript
+const items = useFeatureStore.getState().items
+useFeatureStore.setState({ items: newItems })
+```

.cursor/rules/sim-styling.mdc

@@ -6,13 +6,14 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**/*.tsx", "apps/sim/**/*.css"]
 # Styling Rules
 
 ## Tailwind
-1. **No inline styles** - Use Tailwind classes exclusively
-2. **No duplicate dark classes** - Don't add `dark:` when value matches light mode
-3. **Exact values** - Use design system values (`text-[14px]`, `h-[25px]`)
-4. **Prefer px** - Use `px-[4px]` over `px-1`
-5. **Transitions** - Add `transition-colors` for interactive states
+
+1. **No inline styles** - Use Tailwind classes
+2. **No duplicate dark classes** - Skip `dark:` when value matches light mode
+3. **Exact values** - `text-[14px]`, `h-[26px]`
+4. **Transitions** - `transition-colors` for interactive states
 
 ## Conditional Classes
+
 ```typescript
 import { cn } from '@/lib/utils'
 
@@ -23,25 +24,17 @@ import { cn } from '@/lib/utils'
 )} />
 ```
 
-## CSS Variables for Dynamic Styles
+## CSS Variables
+
+For dynamic values (widths, heights) synced with stores:
+
 ```typescript
-// In store setter
-setSidebarWidth: (width) => {
-  set({ sidebarWidth: width })
+// In store
+setWidth: (width) => {
+  set({ width })
   document.documentElement.style.setProperty('--sidebar-width', `${width}px`)
 }
 
 // In component
 <aside style={{ width: 'var(--sidebar-width)' }} />
 ```
-
-## Anti-Patterns
-```typescript
-// ❌ Bad
-<div style={{ width: 200 }}>
-<div className='text-[var(--text-primary)] dark:text-[var(--text-primary)]'>
-
-// ✅ Good
-<div className='w-[200px]'>
-<div className='text-[var(--text-primary)]'>
-```

.cursor/rules/sim-testing.mdc

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+---
+description: Testing patterns with Vitest and @sim/testing
+globs: ["apps/sim/**/*.test.ts", "apps/sim/**/*.test.tsx"]
+---
+
+# Testing Patterns
+
+Use Vitest. Test files: `feature.ts` → `feature.test.ts`
+
+## Structure
+
+```typescript
+/**
+ * @vitest-environment node
+ */
+import { databaseMock, loggerMock } from '@sim/testing'
+import { describe, expect, it, vi } from 'vitest'
+
+vi.mock('@sim/db', () => databaseMock)
+vi.mock('@sim/logger', () => loggerMock)
+
+import { myFunction } from '@/lib/feature'
+
+describe('myFunction', () => {
+  beforeEach(() => vi.clearAllMocks())
+  it.concurrent('isolated tests run in parallel', () => { ... })
+})
+```
+
+## @sim/testing Package
+
+Always prefer over local mocks.
+
+| Category | Utilities |
+|----------|-----------|
+| **Mocks** | `loggerMock`, `databaseMock`, `setupGlobalFetchMock()` |
+| **Factories** | `createSession()`, `createWorkflowRecord()`, `createBlock()`, `createExecutorContext()` |
+| **Builders** | `WorkflowBuilder`, `ExecutionContextBuilder` |
+| **Assertions** | `expectWorkflowAccessGranted()`, `expectBlockExecuted()` |
+
+## Rules
+
+1. `@vitest-environment node` directive at file top
+2. `vi.mock()` calls before importing mocked modules
+3. `@sim/testing` utilities over local mocks
+4. `it.concurrent` for isolated tests (no shared mutable state)
+5. `beforeEach(() => vi.clearAllMocks())` to reset state
+
+## Hoisted Mocks
+
+For mutable mock references:
+
+```typescript
+const mockFn = vi.hoisted(() => vi.fn())
+vi.mock('@/lib/module', () => ({ myFunction: mockFn }))
+mockFn.mockResolvedValue({ data: 'test' })
+```

.cursor/rules/sim-typescript.mdc

@@ -6,19 +6,15 @@ globs: ["apps/sim/**/*.ts", "apps/sim/**/*.tsx"]
 # TypeScript Rules
 
 1. **No `any`** - Use proper types or `unknown` with type guards
-2. **Props interface** - Always define, even for simple components
-3. **Callback types** - Full signature with params and return type
-4. **Generics** - Use for reusable components/hooks
-5. **Const assertions** - `as const` for constant objects/arrays
-6. **Ref types** - Explicit: `useRef<HTMLDivElement>(null)`
+2. **Props interface** - Always define for components
+3. **Const assertions** - `as const` for constant objects/arrays
+4. **Ref types** - Explicit: `useRef<HTMLDivElement>(null)`
+5. **Type imports** - `import type { X }` for type-only imports
 
-## Anti-Patterns
 ```typescript
-// ❌ Bad
+// ✗ Bad
 const handleClick = (e: any) => {}
-useEffect(() => { doSomething(prop) }, []) // Missing dep
 
-// ✅ Good  
+// ✓ Good
 const handleClick = (e: React.MouseEvent<HTMLButtonElement>) => {}
-useEffect(() => { doSomething(prop) }, [prop])
 ```

.github/workflows/test-build.yml

@@ -23,16 +23,17 @@ jobs:
         with:
           node-version: latest
 
-      - name: Cache Bun dependencies
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
+      - name: Mount Bun cache (Sticky Disk)
+        uses: useblacksmith/stickydisk@v1
         with:
-          path: |
-            ~/.bun/install/cache
-            node_modules
-            **/node_modules
-          key: ${{ runner.os }}-bun-${{ hashFiles('**/bun.lock') }}
-          restore-keys: |
-            ${{ runner.os }}-bun-
+          key: ${{ github.repository }}-bun-cache
+          path: ~/.bun/install/cache
+
+      - name: Mount node_modules (Sticky Disk)
+        uses: useblacksmith/stickydisk@v1
+        with:
+          key: ${{ github.repository }}-node-modules
+          path: ./node_modules
 
       - name: Install dependencies
         run: bun install --frozen-lockfile

CLAUDE.md

@@ -1,47 +1,295 @@
-# Expert Programming Standards
+# Sim Studio Development Guidelines
 
-**You are tasked with implementing solutions that follow best practices. You MUST be accurate, elegant, and efficient as an expert programmer.**
+You are a professional software engineer. All code must follow best practices: accurate, readable, clean, and efficient.
 
----
+## Global Standards
 
-# Role
+- **Logging**: Import `createLogger` from `@sim/logger`. Use `logger.info`, `logger.warn`, `logger.error` instead of `console.log`
+- **Comments**: Use TSDoc for documentation. No `====` separators. No non-TSDoc comments
+- **Styling**: Never update global styles. Keep all styling local to components
+- **Package Manager**: Use `bun` and `bunx`, not `npm` and `npx`
 
-You are a professional software engineer. All code you write MUST follow best practices, ensuring accuracy, quality, readability, and cleanliness. You MUST make FOCUSED EDITS that are EFFICIENT and ELEGANT.
+## Architecture
 
-## Logs
+### Core Principles
+1. Single Responsibility: Each component, hook, store has one clear purpose
+2. Composition Over Complexity: Break down complex logic into smaller pieces
+3. Type Safety First: TypeScript interfaces for all props, state, return types
+4. Predictable State: Zustand for global state, useState for UI-only concerns
 
-ENSURE that you use the logger.info and logger.warn and logger.error instead of the console.log whenever you want to display logs.
+### Root Structure
+```
+apps/sim/
+├── app/           # Next.js app router (pages, API routes)
+├── blocks/        # Block definitions and registry
+├── components/    # Shared UI (emcn/, ui/)
+├── executor/      # Workflow execution engine
+├── hooks/         # Shared hooks (queries/, selectors/)
+├── lib/           # App-wide utilities
+├── providers/     # LLM provider integrations
+├── stores/        # Zustand stores
+├── tools/         # Tool definitions
+└── triggers/      # Trigger definitions
+```
 
-## Comments
+### Naming Conventions
+- Components: PascalCase (`WorkflowList`)
+- Hooks: `use` prefix (`useWorkflowOperations`)
+- Files: kebab-case (`workflow-list.tsx`)
+- Stores: `stores/feature/store.ts`
+- Constants: SCREAMING_SNAKE_CASE
+- Interfaces: PascalCase with suffix (`WorkflowListProps`)
 
-You must use TSDOC for comments. Do not use ==== for comments to separate sections. Do not leave any comments that are not TSDOC.
+## Imports
 
-## Global Styles
+**Always use absolute imports.** Never use relative imports.
 
-You should not update the global styles unless it is absolutely necessary. Keep all styling local to components and files.
+```typescript
+// ✓ Good
+import { useWorkflowStore } from '@/stores/workflows/store'
 
-## Bun
+// ✗ Bad
+import { useWorkflowStore } from '../../../stores/workflows/store'
+```
 
-Use bun and bunx not npm and npx.
+Use barrel exports (`index.ts`) when a folder has 3+ exports. Do not re-export from non-barrel files; import directly from the source.
 
-## Code Quality
+### Import Order
+1. React/core libraries
+2. External libraries
+3. UI components (`@/components/emcn`, `@/components/ui`)
+4. Utilities (`@/lib/...`)
+5. Stores (`@/stores/...`)
+6. Feature imports
+7. CSS imports
 
-- Write clean, maintainable code that follows the project's existing patterns
-- Prefer composition over inheritance
-- Keep functions small and focused on a single responsibility
-- Use meaningful variable and function names
-- Handle errors gracefully and provide useful error messages
-- Write type-safe code with proper TypeScript types
+Use `import type { X }` for type-only imports.
+
+## TypeScript
+
+1. No `any` - Use proper types or `unknown` with type guards
+2. Always define props interface for components
+3. `as const` for constant objects/arrays
+4. Explicit ref types: `useRef<HTMLDivElement>(null)`
+
+## Components
+
+```typescript
+'use client' // Only if using hooks
+
+const CONFIG = { SPACING: 8 } as const
+
+interface ComponentProps {
+  requiredProp: string
+  optionalProp?: boolean
+}
+
+export function Component({ requiredProp, optionalProp = false }: ComponentProps) {
+  // Order: refs → external hooks → store hooks → custom hooks → state → useMemo → useCallback → useEffect → return
+}
+```
+
+Extract when: 50+ lines, used in 2+ files, or has own state/logic. Keep inline when: < 10 lines, single use, purely presentational.
+
+## Hooks
+
+```typescript
+interface UseFeatureProps { id: string }
+
+export function useFeature({ id }: UseFeatureProps) {
+  const idRef = useRef(id)
+  const [data, setData] = useState<Data | null>(null)
+  
+  useEffect(() => { idRef.current = id }, [id])
+  
+  const fetchData = useCallback(async () => { ... }, []) // Empty deps when using refs
+  
+  return { data, fetchData }
+}
+```
+
+## Zustand Stores
+
+Stores live in `stores/`. Complex stores split into `store.ts` + `types.ts`.
+
+```typescript
+import { create } from 'zustand'
+import { devtools } from 'zustand/middleware'
+
+const initialState = { items: [] as Item[] }
+
+export const useFeatureStore = create<FeatureState>()(
+  devtools(
+    (set, get) => ({
+      ...initialState,
+      setItems: (items) => set({ items }),
+      reset: () => set(initialState),
+    }),
+    { name: 'feature-store' }
+  )
+)
+```
+
+Use `devtools` middleware. Use `persist` only when data should survive reload with `partialize` to persist only necessary state.
+
+## React Query
+
+All React Query hooks live in `hooks/queries/`.
+
+```typescript
+export const entityKeys = {
+  all: ['entity'] as const,
+  list: (workspaceId?: string) => [...entityKeys.all, 'list', workspaceId ?? ''] as const,
+}
+
+export function useEntityList(workspaceId?: string) {
+  return useQuery({
+    queryKey: entityKeys.list(workspaceId),
+    queryFn: () => fetchEntities(workspaceId as string),
+    enabled: Boolean(workspaceId),
+    staleTime: 60 * 1000,
+    placeholderData: keepPreviousData,
+  })
+}
+```
+
+## Styling
+
+Use Tailwind only, no inline styles. Use `cn()` from `@/lib/utils` for conditional classes.
+
+```typescript
+<div className={cn('base-classes', isActive && 'active-classes')} />
+```
+
+## EMCN Components
+
+Import from `@/components/emcn`, never from subpaths (except CSS files). Use CVA when 2+ variants exist.
 
 ## Testing
 
-- Write tests for new functionality when appropriate
-- Ensure existing tests pass before completing work
-- Follow the project's testing conventions
+Use Vitest. Test files: `feature.ts` → `feature.test.ts`
 
-## Performance
+```typescript
+/**
+ * @vitest-environment node
+ */
+import { databaseMock, loggerMock } from '@sim/testing'
+import { describe, expect, it, vi } from 'vitest'
 
-- Consider performance implications of your code
-- Avoid unnecessary re-renders in React components
-- Use appropriate data structures and algorithms
-- Profile and optimize when necessary
+vi.mock('@sim/db', () => databaseMock)
+vi.mock('@sim/logger', () => loggerMock)
+
+import { myFunction } from '@/lib/feature'
+
+describe('feature', () => {
+  beforeEach(() => vi.clearAllMocks())
+  it.concurrent('runs in parallel', () => { ... })
+})
+```
+
+Use `@sim/testing` mocks/factories over local test data. See `.cursor/rules/sim-testing.mdc` for details.
+
+## Utils Rules
+
+- Never create `utils.ts` for single consumer - inline it
+- Create `utils.ts` when 2+ files need the same helper
+- Check existing sources in `lib/` before duplicating
+
+## Adding Integrations
+
+New integrations require: **Tools** → **Block** → **Icon** → (optional) **Trigger**
+
+Always look up the service's API docs first.
+
+### 1. Tools (`tools/{service}/`)
+
+```
+tools/{service}/
+├── index.ts      # Barrel export
+├── types.ts      # Params/response types
+└── {action}.ts   # Tool implementation
+```
+
+**Tool structure:**
+```typescript
+export const serviceTool: ToolConfig<Params, Response> = {
+  id: 'service_action',
+  name: 'Service Action',
+  description: '...',
+  version: '1.0.0',
+  oauth: { required: true, provider: 'service' },
+  params: { /* ... */ },
+  request: { url: '/api/tools/service/action', method: 'POST', ... },
+  transformResponse: async (response) => { /* ... */ },
+  outputs: { /* ... */ },
+}
+```
+
+Register in `tools/registry.ts`.
+
+### 2. Block (`blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`)
+
+```typescript
+export const ServiceBlock: BlockConfig = {
+  type: 'service',
+  name: 'Service',
+  description: '...',
+  category: 'tools',
+  bgColor: '#hexcolor',
+  icon: ServiceIcon,
+  subBlocks: [ /* see SubBlock Properties */ ],
+  tools: { access: ['service_action'], config: { tool: (p) => `service_${p.operation}` } },
+  inputs: { /* ... */ },
+  outputs: { /* ... */ },
+}
+```
+
+Register in `blocks/registry.ts` (alphabetically).
+
+**SubBlock Properties:**
+```typescript
+{
+  id: 'field', title: 'Label', type: 'short-input', placeholder: '...',
+  required: true,                    // or condition object
+  condition: { field: 'op', value: 'send' },  // show/hide
+  dependsOn: ['credential'],         // clear when dep changes
+  mode: 'basic',                     // 'basic' | 'advanced' | 'both' | 'trigger'
+}
+```
+
+**condition examples:**
+- `{ field: 'op', value: 'send' }` - show when op === 'send'
+- `{ field: 'op', value: ['a','b'] }` - show when op is 'a' OR 'b'
+- `{ field: 'op', value: 'x', not: true }` - show when op !== 'x'
+- `{ field: 'op', value: 'x', not: true, and: { field: 'type', value: 'dm', not: true } }` - complex
+
+**dependsOn:** `['field']` or `{ all: ['a'], any: ['b', 'c'] }`
+
+### 3. Icon (`components/icons.tsx`)
+
+```typescript
+export function ServiceIcon(props: SVGProps<SVGSVGElement>) {
+  return <svg {...props}>/* SVG from brand assets */</svg>
+}
+```
+
+### 4. Trigger (`triggers/{service}/`) - Optional
+
+```
+triggers/{service}/
+├── index.ts      # Barrel export
+├── webhook.ts    # Webhook handler
+└── {event}.ts    # Event-specific handlers
+```
+
+Register in `triggers/registry.ts`.
+
+### Integration Checklist
+
+- [ ] Look up API docs
+- [ ] Create `tools/{service}/` with types and tools
+- [ ] Register tools in `tools/registry.ts`
+- [ ] Add icon to `components/icons.tsx`
+- [ ] Create block in `blocks/blocks/{service}.ts`
+- [ ] Register block in `blocks/registry.ts`
+- [ ] (Optional) Create and register triggers

LICENSE

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
       same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
       identification within third-party archives.
 
-   Copyright 2025 Sim Studio, Inc.
+   Copyright 2026 Sim Studio, Inc.
 
    Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
    you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.

NOTICE

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 Sim Studio
-Copyright 2025 Sim Studio
+Copyright 2026 Sim Studio
 
 This product includes software developed for the Sim project. 

apps/docs/components/ui/icon-mapping.ts

@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ import {
   ExaAIIcon,
   EyeIcon,
   FirecrawlIcon,
+  FirefliesIcon,
   GithubIcon,
   GitLabIcon,
   GmailIcon,
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ import {
   GoogleVaultIcon,
   GrafanaIcon,
   GrainIcon,
+  GreptileIcon,
   HubspotIcon,
   HuggingFaceIcon,
   HunterIOIcon,
@@ -50,12 +52,15 @@ import {
   IntercomIcon,
   JinaAIIcon,
   JiraIcon,
+  JiraServiceManagementIcon,
   KalshiIcon,
+  LemlistIcon,
   LinearIcon,
   LinkedInIcon,
   LinkupIcon,
   MailchimpIcon,
   MailgunIcon,
+  MailServerIcon,
   Mem0Icon,
   MicrosoftExcelIcon,
   MicrosoftOneDriveIcon,
@@ -133,7 +138,7 @@ export const blockTypeToIconMap: Record<string, IconComponent> = {
   circleback: CirclebackIcon,
   clay: ClayIcon,
   confluence: ConfluenceIcon,
-  cursor: CursorIcon,
+  cursor_v2: CursorIcon,
   datadog: DatadogIcon,
   discord: DiscordIcon,
   dropbox: DropboxIcon,
@@ -144,10 +149,11 @@ export const blockTypeToIconMap: Record<string, IconComponent> = {
   exa: ExaAIIcon,
   file: DocumentIcon,
   firecrawl: FirecrawlIcon,
-  github: GithubIcon,
+  fireflies: FirefliesIcon,
+  github_v2: GithubIcon,
   gitlab: GitLabIcon,
-  gmail: GmailIcon,
-  google_calendar: GoogleCalendarIcon,
+  gmail_v2: GmailIcon,
+  google_calendar_v2: GoogleCalendarIcon,
   google_docs: GoogleDocsIcon,
   google_drive: GoogleDriveIcon,
   google_forms: GoogleFormsIcon,
@@ -158,16 +164,20 @@ export const blockTypeToIconMap: Record<string, IconComponent> = {
   google_vault: GoogleVaultIcon,
   grafana: GrafanaIcon,
   grain: GrainIcon,
+  greptile: GreptileIcon,
   hubspot: HubspotIcon,
   huggingface: HuggingFaceIcon,
   hunter: HunterIOIcon,
   image_generator: ImageIcon,
+  imap: MailServerIcon,
   incidentio: IncidentioIcon,
-  intercom: IntercomIcon,
+  intercom_v2: IntercomIcon,
   jina: JinaAIIcon,
   jira: JiraIcon,
+  jira_service_management: JiraServiceManagementIcon,
   kalshi: KalshiIcon,
   knowledge: PackageSearchIcon,
+  lemlist: LemlistIcon,
   linear: LinearIcon,
   linkedin: LinkedInIcon,
   linkup: LinkupIcon,
@@ -182,7 +192,7 @@ export const blockTypeToIconMap: Record<string, IconComponent> = {
   mongodb: MongoDBIcon,
   mysql: MySQLIcon,
   neo4j: Neo4jIcon,
-  notion: NotionIcon,
+  notion_v2: NotionIcon,
   onedrive: MicrosoftOneDriveIcon,
   openai: OpenAIIcon,
   outlook: OutlookIcon,
@@ -218,7 +228,6 @@ export const blockTypeToIconMap: Record<string, IconComponent> = {
   supabase: SupabaseIcon,
   tavily: TavilyIcon,
   telegram: TelegramIcon,
-  thinking: BrainIcon,
   translate: TranslateIcon,
   trello: TrelloIcon,
   tts: TTSIcon,

apps/docs/content/docs/de/blocks/webhook.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+---
+title: Webhook
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+import { Image } from '@/components/ui/image'
+
+Der Webhook-Block sendet HTTP-POST-Anfragen an externe Webhook-Endpunkte mit automatischen Webhook-Headern und optionaler HMAC-Signierung.
+
+<div className="flex justify-center">
+  <Image
+    src="/static/blocks/webhook.png"
+    alt="Webhook-Block"
+    width={500}
+    height={400}
+    className="my-6"
+  />
+</div>
+
+## Konfiguration
+
+### Webhook-URL
+
+Der Ziel-Endpunkt für Ihre Webhook-Anfrage. Unterstützt sowohl statische URLs als auch dynamische Werte aus anderen Blöcken.
+
+### Payload
+
+JSON-Daten, die im Anfrage-Body gesendet werden. Verwenden Sie den KI-Zauberstab, um Payloads zu generieren oder auf Workflow-Variablen zu verweisen:
+
+```json
+{
+  "event": "workflow.completed",
+  "data": {
+    "result": "<agent.content>",
+    "timestamp": "<function.result>"
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Signierungsgeheimnis
+
+Optionales Geheimnis für die HMAC-SHA256-Payload-Signierung. Wenn angegeben, wird ein `X-Webhook-Signature`Header hinzugefügt:
+
+```
+X-Webhook-Signature: t=1704067200000,v1=5d41402abc4b2a76b9719d911017c592...
+```
+
+Um Signaturen zu verifizieren, berechnen Sie `HMAC-SHA256(secret, "${timestamp}.${body}")` und vergleichen Sie mit dem `v1`Wert.
+
+### Zusätzliche Header
+
+Benutzerdefinierte Schlüssel-Wert-Header, die in die Anfrage aufgenommen werden. Diese überschreiben alle automatischen Header mit demselben Namen.
+
+## Automatische Header
+
+Jede Anfrage enthält automatisch diese Header:
+
+| Header | Beschreibung |
+|--------|-------------|
+| `Content-Type` | `application/json` |
+| `X-Webhook-Timestamp` | Unix-Zeitstempel in Millisekunden |
+| `X-Delivery-ID` | Eindeutige UUID für diese Zustellung |
+| `Idempotency-Key` | Identisch mit `X-Delivery-ID` zur Deduplizierung |
+
+## Ausgaben
+
+| Ausgabe | Typ | Beschreibung |
+|--------|------|-------------|
+| `data` | json | Antwort-Body vom Endpunkt |
+| `status` | number | HTTP-Statuscode |
+| `headers` | object | Antwort-Header |
+
+## Beispiel-Anwendungsfälle
+
+**Externe Dienste benachrichtigen** - Workflow-Ergebnisse an Slack, Discord oder benutzerdefinierte Endpunkte senden
+
+```
+Agent → Function (format) → Webhook (notify)
+```
+
+**Externe Workflows auslösen** - Prozesse in anderen Systemen starten, wenn Bedingungen erfüllt sind
+
+```
+Condition (check) → Webhook (trigger) → Response
+```
+
+<Callout>
+Der Webhook-Block verwendet immer POST. Für andere HTTP-Methoden oder mehr Kontrolle verwenden Sie den [API-Block](/blocks/api).
+</Callout>

apps/docs/content/docs/de/enterprise/index.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+---
+title: Enterprise
+description: Enterprise-Funktionen für Organisationen mit erweiterten
+  Sicherheits- und Compliance-Anforderungen
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+
+Sim Studio Enterprise bietet erweiterte Funktionen für Organisationen mit erhöhten Sicherheits-, Compliance- und Verwaltungsanforderungen.
+
+---
+
+## Bring Your Own Key (BYOK)
+
+Verwenden Sie Ihre eigenen API-Schlüssel für KI-Modellanbieter anstelle der gehosteten Schlüssel von Sim Studio.
+
+### Unterstützte Anbieter
+
+| Anbieter | Verwendung |
+|----------|-------|
+| OpenAI | Knowledge Base-Embeddings, Agent-Block |
+| Anthropic | Agent-Block |
+| Google | Agent-Block |
+| Mistral | Knowledge Base OCR |
+
+### Einrichtung
+
+1. Navigieren Sie zu **Einstellungen** → **BYOK** in Ihrem Workspace
+2. Klicken Sie auf **Schlüssel hinzufügen** für Ihren Anbieter
+3. Geben Sie Ihren API-Schlüssel ein und speichern Sie
+
+<Callout type="warn">
+  BYOK-Schlüssel werden verschlüsselt gespeichert. Nur Organisationsadministratoren und -inhaber können Schlüssel verwalten.
+</Callout>
+
+Wenn konfiguriert, verwenden Workflows Ihren Schlüssel anstelle der gehosteten Schlüssel von Sim Studio. Bei Entfernung wechseln Workflows automatisch zu den gehosteten Schlüsseln zurück.
+
+---
+
+## Single Sign-On (SSO)
+
+Enterprise-Authentifizierung mit SAML 2.0- und OIDC-Unterstützung für zentralisiertes Identitätsmanagement.
+
+### Unterstützte Anbieter
+
+- Okta
+- Azure AD / Entra ID
+- Google Workspace
+- OneLogin
+- Jeder SAML 2.0- oder OIDC-Anbieter
+
+### Einrichtung
+
+1. Navigieren Sie zu **Einstellungen** → **SSO** in Ihrem Workspace
+2. Wählen Sie Ihren Identitätsanbieter
+3. Konfigurieren Sie die Verbindung mithilfe der Metadaten Ihres IdP
+4. Aktivieren Sie SSO für Ihre Organisation
+
+<Callout type="info">
+  Sobald SSO aktiviert ist, authentifizieren sich Teammitglieder über Ihren Identitätsanbieter anstelle von E-Mail/Passwort.
+</Callout>
+
+---
+
+## Self-Hosted
+
+Für selbst gehostete Bereitstellungen können Enterprise-Funktionen über Umgebungsvariablen aktiviert werden:
+
+| Variable | Beschreibung |
+|----------|-------------|
+| `SSO_ENABLED`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_SSO_ENABLED` | Single Sign-On mit SAML/OIDC |
+| `CREDENTIAL_SETS_ENABLED`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_CREDENTIAL_SETS_ENABLED` | Polling-Gruppen für E-Mail-Trigger |
+| `DISABLE_INVITATIONS`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_DISABLE_INVITATIONS` | Workspace-/Organisations-Einladungen global deaktivieren |
+
+<Callout type="warn">
+  BYOK ist nur im gehosteten Sim Studio verfügbar. Selbst gehostete Deployments konfigurieren AI-Provider-Schlüssel direkt über Umgebungsvariablen.
+</Callout>

apps/docs/content/docs/de/execution/costs.mdx

@@ -49,40 +49,40 @@ Die Modellaufschlüsselung zeigt:
 
 <Tabs items={['Hosted Models', 'Bring Your Own API Key']}>
   <Tab>
-    **Gehostete Modelle** - Sim stellt API-Schlüssel mit einem 2-fachen Preismultiplikator bereit:
+    **Hosted Models** - Sim bietet API-Schlüssel mit einem 1,4-fachen Preismultiplikator für Agent-Blöcke:
 
     **OpenAI**
-    | Modell | Basispreis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) | Gehosteter Preis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) |
+    | Modell | Basispreis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) | Hosted-Preis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) |
     |-------|---------------------------|----------------------------|
-    | GPT-5.1 | 1,25 $ / 10,00 $ | 2,50 $ / 20,00 $ |
-    | GPT-5 | 1,25 $ / 10,00 $ | 2,50 $ / 20,00 $ |
-    | GPT-5 Mini | 0,25 $ / 2,00 $ | 0,50 $ / 4,00 $ |
-    | GPT-5 Nano | 0,05 $ / 0,40 $ | 0,10 $ / 0,80 $ |
-    | GPT-4o | 2,50 $ / 10,00 $ | 5,00 $ / 20,00 $ |
-    | GPT-4.1 | 2,00 $ / 8,00 $ | 4,00 $ / 16,00 $ |
-    | GPT-4.1 Mini | 0,40 $ / 1,60 $ | 0,80 $ / 3,20 $ |
-    | GPT-4.1 Nano | 0,10 $ / 0,40 $ | 0,20 $ / 0,80 $ |
-    | o1 | 15,00 $ / 60,00 $ | 30,00 $ / 120,00 $ |
-    | o3 | 2,00 $ / 8,00 $ | 4,00 $ / 16,00 $ |
-    | o4 Mini | 1,10 $ / 4,40 $ | 2,20 $ / 8,80 $ |
+    | GPT-5.1 | $1.25 / $10.00 | $1.75 / $14.00 |
+    | GPT-5 | $1.25 / $10.00 | $1.75 / $14.00 |
+    | GPT-5 Mini | $0.25 / $2.00 | $0.35 / $2.80 |
+    | GPT-5 Nano | $0.05 / $0.40 | $0.07 / $0.56 |
+    | GPT-4o | $2.50 / $10.00 | $3.50 / $14.00 |
+    | GPT-4.1 | $2.00 / $8.00 | $2.80 / $11.20 |
+    | GPT-4.1 Mini | $0.40 / $1.60 | $0.56 / $2.24 |
+    | GPT-4.1 Nano | $0.10 / $0.40 | $0.14 / $0.56 |
+    | o1 | $15.00 / $60.00 | $21.00 / $84.00 |
+    | o3 | $2.00 / $8.00 | $2.80 / $11.20 |
+    | o4 Mini | $1.10 / $4.40 | $1.54 / $6.16 |
 
     **Anthropic**
-    | Modell | Basispreis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) | Gehosteter Preis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) |
+    | Modell | Basispreis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) | Hosted-Preis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) |
     |-------|---------------------------|----------------------------|
-    | Claude Opus 4.5 | 5,00 $ / 25,00 $ | 10,00 $ / 50,00 $ |
-    | Claude Opus 4.1 | 15,00 $ / 75,00 $ | 30,00 $ / 150,00 $ |
-    | Claude Sonnet 4.5 | 3,00 $ / 15,00 $ | 6,00 $ / 30,00 $ |
-    | Claude Sonnet 4.0 | 3,00 $ / 15,00 $ | 6,00 $ / 30,00 $ |
-    | Claude Haiku 4.5 | 1,00 $ / 5,00 $ | 2,00 $ / 10,00 $ |
+    | Claude Opus 4.5 | $5.00 / $25.00 | $7.00 / $35.00 |
+    | Claude Opus 4.1 | $15.00 / $75.00 | $21.00 / $105.00 |
+    | Claude Sonnet 4.5 | $3.00 / $15.00 | $4.20 / $21.00 |
+    | Claude Sonnet 4.0 | $3.00 / $15.00 | $4.20 / $21.00 |
+    | Claude Haiku 4.5 | $1.00 / $5.00 | $1.40 / $7.00 |
 
     **Google**
-    | Modell | Basispreis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) | Gehosteter Preis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) |
+    | Modell | Basispreis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) | Hosted-Preis (Eingabe/Ausgabe) |
     |-------|---------------------------|----------------------------|
-    | Gemini 3 Pro Preview | 2,00 $ / 12,00 $ | 4,00 $ / 24,00 $ |
-    | Gemini 2.5 Pro | 1,25 $ / 10,00 $ | 2,50 $ / 20,00 $ |
-    | Gemini 2.5 Flash | 0,30 $ / 2,50 $ | 0,60 $ / 5,00 $ |
+    | Gemini 3 Pro Preview | $2.00 / $12.00 | $2.80 / $16.80 |
+    | Gemini 2.5 Pro | $1.25 / $10.00 | $1.75 / $14.00 |
+    | Gemini 2.5 Flash | $0.30 / $2.50 | $0.42 / $3.50 |
 
-    *Der 2x-Multiplikator deckt Infrastruktur- und API-Verwaltungskosten ab.*
+    *Der 1,4-fache Multiplikator deckt Infrastruktur- und API-Verwaltungskosten ab.*
   </Tab>
 
   <Tab>

apps/docs/content/docs/de/keyboard-shortcuts/index.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+---
+title: Tastaturkürzel
+description: Meistern Sie die Workflow-Arbeitsfläche mit Tastaturkürzeln und Maussteuerung
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+
+Beschleunigen Sie die Erstellung Ihrer Workflows mit diesen Tastaturkürzeln und Maussteuerungen. Alle Tastenkombinationen funktionieren, wenn die Arbeitsfläche fokussiert ist (nicht beim Tippen in einem Eingabefeld).
+
+<Callout type="info">
+  **Mod** bezieht sich auf `Cmd` unter macOS und `Ctrl` unter Windows/Linux.
+</Callout>
+
+## Arbeitsflächen-Steuerung
+
+### Maussteuerung
+
+| Aktion | Steuerung |
+|--------|---------|
+| Arbeitsfläche verschieben | Linksziehen auf leerer Fläche |
+| Arbeitsfläche verschieben | Scrollen oder Trackpad |
+| Mehrere Blöcke auswählen | Rechtsziehen zum Aufziehen eines Auswahlrahmens |
+| Block ziehen | Linksziehen auf Block-Kopfzeile |
+| Zur Auswahl hinzufügen | `Mod` + Klick auf Blöcke |
+
+### Workflow-Aktionen
+
+| Tastenkombination | Aktion |
+|----------|--------|
+| `Mod` + `Enter` | Workflow ausführen (oder abbrechen, falls aktiv) |
+| `Mod` + `Z` | Rückgängig |
+| `Mod` + `Shift` + `Z` | Wiederholen |
+| `Mod` + `C` | Ausgewählte Blöcke kopieren |
+| `Mod` + `V` | Blöcke einfügen |
+| `Delete` oder `Backspace` | Ausgewählte Blöcke oder Verbindungen löschen |
+| `Shift` + `L` | Arbeitsfläche automatisch anordnen |
+
+## Panel-Navigation
+
+Diese Tastenkombinationen wechseln zwischen den Panel-Tabs auf der rechten Seite der Arbeitsfläche.
+
+| Tastenkombination | Aktion |
+|----------|--------|
+| `C` | Copilot-Tab fokussieren |
+| `T` | Toolbar-Tab fokussieren |
+| `E` | Editor-Tab fokussieren |
+| `Mod` + `F` | Toolbar-Suche fokussieren |
+
+## Globale Navigation
+
+| Tastenkombination | Aktion |
+|----------|--------|
+| `Mod` + `K` | Suche öffnen |
+| `Mod` + `Shift` + `A` | Neuen Agenten-Workflow hinzufügen |
+| `Mod` + `Y` | Zu Vorlagen gehen |
+| `Mod` + `L` | Zu Logs gehen |
+
+## Dienstprogramm
+
+| Tastenkombination | Aktion |
+|----------|--------|
+| `Mod` + `D` | Terminal-Konsole leeren |
+| `Mod` + `E` | Benachrichtigungen löschen |

apps/docs/content/docs/de/mcp/deploy-workflows.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+---
+title: Workflows als MCP bereitstellen
+description: Stellen Sie Ihre Workflows als MCP-Tools für externe KI-Assistenten
+  und Anwendungen bereit
+---
+
+import { Video } from '@/components/ui/video'
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+
+Stellen Sie Ihre Workflows als MCP-Tools bereit, um sie für externe KI-Assistenten wie Claude Desktop, Cursor und andere MCP-kompatible Clients zugänglich zu machen. Dies verwandelt Ihre Workflows in aufrufbare Tools, die von überall aus aufgerufen werden können.
+
+## MCP-Server erstellen und verwalten
+
+MCP-Server gruppieren Ihre Workflow-Tools zusammen. Erstellen und verwalten Sie sie in den Workspace-Einstellungen:
+
+<div className="mx-auto w-full overflow-hidden rounded-lg">
+  <Video src="mcp/mcp-server.mp4" width={700} height={450} />
+</div>
+
+1. Navigieren Sie zu **Einstellungen → Bereitgestellte MCPs**
+2. Klicken Sie auf **Server erstellen**
+3. Geben Sie einen Namen und eine optionale Beschreibung ein
+4. Kopieren Sie die Server-URL zur Verwendung in Ihren MCP-Clients
+5. Zeigen Sie alle zum Server hinzugefügten Tools an und verwalten Sie diese
+
+## Einen Workflow als Tool hinzufügen
+
+Sobald Ihr Workflow bereitgestellt ist, können Sie ihn als MCP-Tool verfügbar machen:
+
+<div className="mx-auto w-full overflow-hidden rounded-lg">
+  <Video src="mcp/mcp-deploy-tool.mp4" width={700} height={450} />
+</div>
+
+1. Öffnen Sie Ihren bereitgestellten Workflow
+2. Klicken Sie auf **Bereitstellen** und wechseln Sie zum Tab **MCP**
+3. Konfigurieren Sie den Tool-Namen und die Beschreibung
+4. Fügen Sie Beschreibungen für jeden Parameter hinzu (hilft der KI, Eingaben zu verstehen)
+5. Wählen Sie aus, zu welchen MCP-Servern es hinzugefügt werden soll
+
+<Callout type="info">
+Der Workflow muss bereitgestellt sein, bevor er als MCP-Tool hinzugefügt werden kann.
+</Callout>
+
+## Tool-Konfiguration
+
+### Tool-Name
+Verwenden Sie Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Unterstriche. Der Name sollte beschreibend sein und den MCP-Namenskonventionen folgen (z. B. `search_documents`, `send_email`).
+
+### Beschreibung
+Schreiben Sie eine klare Beschreibung dessen, was das Tool tut. Dies hilft KI-Assistenten zu verstehen, wann das Tool verwendet werden soll.
+
+### Parameter
+Die Eingabeformatfelder deines Workflows werden zu Tool-Parametern. Füge jedem Parameter Beschreibungen hinzu, um KI-Assistenten zu helfen, korrekte Werte bereitzustellen.
+
+## MCP-Clients verbinden
+
+Verwende die Server-URL aus den Einstellungen, um externe Anwendungen zu verbinden:
+
+### Claude Desktop
+Füge dies zu deiner Claude Desktop-Konfiguration hinzu (`~/Library/Application Support/Claude/claude_desktop_config.json`):
+
+```json
+{
+  "mcpServers": {
+    "my-sim-workflows": {
+      "command": "npx",
+      "args": ["-y", "mcp-remote", "YOUR_SERVER_URL"]
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Cursor
+Füge die Server-URL in den MCP-Einstellungen von Cursor mit demselben mcp-remote-Muster hinzu.
+
+<Callout type="warn">
+Füge deinen API-Key-Header (`X-API-Key`) für authentifizierten Zugriff hinzu, wenn du mcp-remote oder andere HTTP-basierte MCP-Transporte verwendest.
+</Callout>
+
+## Server-Verwaltung
+
+In der Server-Detailansicht unter **Einstellungen → Bereitgestellte MCPs** können Sie:
+
+- **Tools anzeigen**: Alle Workflows sehen, die einem Server hinzugefügt wurden
+- **URL kopieren**: Die Server-URL für MCP-Clients abrufen
+- **Workflows hinzufügen**: Weitere bereitgestellte Workflows als Tools hinzufügen
+- **Tools entfernen**: Workflows vom Server entfernen
+- **Server löschen**: Den gesamten Server und alle seine Tools entfernen
+
+## So funktioniert es
+
+Wenn ein MCP-Client dein Tool aufruft:
+
+1. Die Anfrage wird an deiner MCP-Server-URL empfangen
+2. Sim validiert die Anfrage und ordnet Parameter den Workflow-Eingaben zu
+3. Der bereitgestellte Workflow wird mit den angegebenen Eingaben ausgeführt
+4. Die Ergebnisse werden an den MCP-Client zurückgegeben
+
+Workflows werden mit derselben Bereitstellungsversion wie API-Aufrufe ausgeführt, was konsistentes Verhalten gewährleistet.
+
+## Berechtigungsanforderungen
+
+| Aktion | Erforderliche Berechtigung |
+|--------|-------------------|
+| MCP-Server erstellen | **Admin** |
+| Workflows zu Servern hinzufügen | **Write** oder **Admin** |
+| MCP-Server anzeigen | **Read**, **Write** oder **Admin** |
+| MCP-Server löschen | **Admin** |

apps/docs/content/docs/de/mcp/index.mdx

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 ---
-title: MCP (Model Context Protocol)
+title: MCP-Tools verwenden
+description: Externe Tools und Dienste über das Model Context Protocol verbinden
 ---
 
 import { Image } from '@/components/ui/image'
+import { Video } from '@/components/ui/video'
 import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
 
 Das Model Context Protocol ([MCP](https://modelcontextprotocol.com/)) ermöglicht es Ihnen, externe Tools und Dienste über ein standardisiertes Protokoll zu verbinden, wodurch Sie APIs und Dienste direkt in Ihre Workflows integrieren können. Mit MCP können Sie die Fähigkeiten von Sim erweitern, indem Sie benutzerdefinierte Integrationen hinzufügen, die nahtlos mit Ihren Agenten und Workflows zusammenarbeiten.
@@ -20,18 +22,12 @@ MCP ist ein offener Standard, der es KI-Assistenten ermöglicht, sich sicher mit
 
 MCP-Server stellen Sammlungen von Tools bereit, die Ihre Agenten nutzen können. Konfigurieren Sie diese in den Workspace-Einstellungen:
 
-<div className="flex justify-center">
-  <Image
-    src="/static/blocks/mcp-1.png"
-    alt="Konfiguration eines MCP-Servers in den Einstellungen"
-    width={700}
-    height={450}
-    className="my-6"
-  />
+<div className="mx-auto w-full overflow-hidden rounded-lg">
+  <Video src="mcp/settings-mcp-tools.mp4" width={700} height={450} />
 </div>
 
 1. Navigieren Sie zu Ihren Workspace-Einstellungen
-2. Gehen Sie zum Abschnitt **MCP-Server**
+2. Gehen Sie zum Abschnitt **Bereitgestellte MCPs**
 3. Klicken Sie auf **MCP-Server hinzufügen**
 4. Geben Sie die Server-Konfigurationsdetails ein
 5. Speichern Sie die Konfiguration
@@ -40,14 +36,18 @@ MCP-Server stellen Sammlungen von Tools bereit, die Ihre Agenten nutzen können.
 Sie können MCP-Server auch direkt über die Symbolleiste in einem Agent-Block für eine schnelle Einrichtung konfigurieren.
 </Callout>
 
-## Verwendung von MCP-Tools in Agenten
+### Tools aktualisieren
 
-Sobald MCP-Server konfiguriert sind, werden ihre Tools innerhalb Ihrer Agent-Blöcke verfügbar:
+Klicken Sie bei einem Server auf **Aktualisieren**, um die neuesten Tool-Schemas abzurufen und alle Agent-Blöcke, die diese Tools verwenden, automatisch mit den neuen Parameterdefinitionen zu aktualisieren.
+
+## MCP-Tools in Agents verwenden
+
+Sobald MCP-Server konfiguriert sind, werden ihre Tools in Ihren Agent-Blöcken verfügbar:
 
 <div className="flex justify-center">
   <Image
     src="/static/blocks/mcp-2.png"
-    alt="Verwendung eines MCP-Tools im Agent-Block"
+    alt="Using MCP Tool in Agent Block"
     width={700}
     height={450}
     className="my-6"
@@ -55,25 +55,25 @@ Sobald MCP-Server konfiguriert sind, werden ihre Tools innerhalb Ihrer Agent-Bl
 </div>
 
 1. Öffnen Sie einen **Agent**-Block
-2. Im Abschnitt **Tools** sehen Sie die verfügbaren MCP-Tools
+2. Im Bereich **Tools** sehen Sie die verfügbaren MCP-Tools
 3. Wählen Sie die Tools aus, die der Agent verwenden soll
 4. Der Agent kann nun während der Ausführung auf diese Tools zugreifen
 
 ## Eigenständiger MCP-Tool-Block
 
-Für eine genauere Kontrolle können Sie den dedizierten MCP-Tool-Block verwenden, um bestimmte MCP-Tools auszuführen:
+Für eine präzisere Steuerung können Sie den dedizierten MCP-Tool-Block verwenden, um bestimmte MCP-Tools auszuführen:
 
 <div className="flex justify-center">
   <Image
     src="/static/blocks/mcp-3.png"
-    alt="Eigenständiger MCP-Tool-Block"
+    alt="Standalone MCP Tool Block"
     width={700}
     height={450}
     className="my-6"
   />
 </div>
 
-Der MCP-Tool-Block ermöglicht es Ihnen:
+Der MCP-Tool-Block ermöglicht Ihnen:
 - Jedes konfigurierte MCP-Tool direkt auszuführen
 - Spezifische Parameter an das Tool zu übergeben
 - Die Ausgabe des Tools in nachfolgenden Workflow-Schritten zu verwenden
@@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ Der MCP-Tool-Block ermöglicht es Ihnen:
 
 ### Wann MCP-Tool vs. Agent verwenden
 
-**Verwenden Sie einen Agenten mit MCP-Tools, wenn:**
-- Sie möchten, dass die KI entscheidet, welche Tools zu verwenden sind
-- Sie komplexe Überlegungen benötigen, wann und wie Tools eingesetzt werden sollen
+**Verwenden Sie Agent mit MCP-Tools, wenn:**
+- Sie möchten, dass die KI entscheidet, welche Tools verwendet werden
+- Sie komplexes Reasoning darüber benötigen, wann und wie Tools verwendet werden
 - Sie eine natürlichsprachliche Interaktion mit den Tools wünschen
 
 **Verwenden Sie den MCP-Tool-Block, wenn:**
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Der MCP-Tool-Block ermöglicht es Ihnen:
 
 ## Berechtigungsanforderungen
 
-MCP-Funktionalität erfordert spezifische Workspace-Berechtigungen:
+Die MCP-Funktionalität erfordert spezifische Workspace-Berechtigungen:
 
 | Aktion | Erforderliche Berechtigung |
 |--------|-------------------|
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ MCP-Funktionalität erfordert spezifische Workspace-Berechtigungen:
 ## Häufige Anwendungsfälle
 
 ### Datenbankintegration
-Verbinden Sie sich mit Datenbanken, um Daten innerhalb Ihrer Workflows abzufragen, einzufügen oder zu aktualisieren.
+Verbinden Sie sich mit Datenbanken, um Daten in Ihren Workflows abzufragen, einzufügen oder zu aktualisieren.
 
 ### API-Integrationen
 Greifen Sie auf externe APIs und Webdienste zu, die keine integrierten Sim-Integrationen haben.
@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ Greifen Sie auf externe APIs und Webdienste zu, die keine integrierten Sim-Integ
 ### Dateisystemzugriff
 Lesen, schreiben und bearbeiten Sie Dateien auf lokalen oder entfernten Dateisystemen.
 
-### Benutzerdefinierte Geschäftslogik
-Führen Sie benutzerdefinierte Skripte oder Tools aus, die auf die Bedürfnisse Ihrer Organisation zugeschnitten sind.
+### Individuelle Geschäftslogik
+Führen Sie benutzerdefinierte Skripte oder Tools aus, die spezifisch für die Anforderungen Ihrer Organisation sind.
 
 ### Echtzeit-Datenzugriff
 Rufen Sie Live-Daten von externen Systemen während der Workflow-Ausführung ab.
@@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ Rufen Sie Live-Daten von externen Systemen während der Workflow-Ausführung ab.
 
 ## Fehlerbehebung
 
-### MCP-Server erscheint nicht
+### MCP-Server wird nicht angezeigt
 - Überprüfen Sie, ob die Serverkonfiguration korrekt ist
-- Prüfen Sie, ob Sie die erforderlichen Berechtigungen haben
-- Stellen Sie sicher, dass der MCP-Server läuft und zugänglich ist
+- Prüfen Sie, ob Sie über die erforderlichen Berechtigungen verfügen
+- Stellen Sie sicher, dass der MCP-Server läuft und erreichbar ist
 
-### Fehler bei der Tool-Ausführung
+### Tool-Ausführungsfehler
 - Überprüfen Sie, ob die Tool-Parameter korrekt formatiert sind
 - Prüfen Sie die MCP-Server-Logs auf Fehlermeldungen
 - Stellen Sie sicher, dass die erforderliche Authentifizierung konfiguriert ist
@@ -141,4 +141,4 @@ Rufen Sie Live-Daten von externen Systemen während der Workflow-Ausführung ab.
 ### Berechtigungsfehler
 - Bestätigen Sie Ihre Workspace-Berechtigungsstufe
 - Prüfen Sie, ob der MCP-Server zusätzliche Authentifizierung erfordert
-- Stellen Sie sicher, dass der Server für Ihren Workspace richtig konfiguriert ist
+- Überprüfen Sie, ob der Server ordnungsgemäß für Ihren Workspace konfiguriert ist

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/firecrawl.mdx

@@ -146,6 +146,32 @@ Extrahieren Sie strukturierte Daten aus vollständigen Webseiten mithilfe von na
 | `success` | boolean | Ob der Extraktionsvorgang erfolgreich war |
 | `data` | object | Extrahierte strukturierte Daten gemäß dem Schema oder der Eingabeaufforderung |
 
+### `firecrawl_agent`
+
+Autonomer Web-Datenextraktions-Agent. Sucht und sammelt Informationen basierend auf natürlichsprachlichen Anweisungen, ohne dass spezifische URLs erforderlich sind.
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `prompt` | string | Ja | Natürlichsprachliche Beschreibung der zu extrahierenden Daten \(max. 10.000 Zeichen\) |
+| `urls` | json | Nein | Optionales Array von URLs, auf die sich der Agent konzentrieren soll |
+| `schema` | json | Nein | JSON-Schema, das die Struktur der zu extrahierenden Daten definiert |
+| `maxCredits` | number | Nein | Maximale Credits, die für diese Agent-Aufgabe verwendet werden sollen |
+| `strictConstrainToURLs` | boolean | Nein | Wenn true, besucht der Agent nur URLs, die im urls-Array angegeben sind |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Firecrawl API-Schlüssel |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob die Agent-Operation erfolgreich war |
+| `status` | string | Aktueller Status des Agent-Jobs \(processing, completed, failed\) |
+| `data` | object | Vom Agent extrahierte Daten |
+| `creditsUsed` | number | Anzahl der von dieser Agent-Aufgabe verbrauchten Credits |
+| `expiresAt` | string | Zeitstempel, wann die Ergebnisse ablaufen \(24 Stunden\) |
+| `sources` | object | Array der vom Agent verwendeten Quell-URLs |
+
 ## Hinweise
 
 - Kategorie: `tools`

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/fireflies.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+---
+title: Fireflies
+description: Interagieren Sie mit Fireflies.ai-Besprechungstranskripten und -aufzeichnungen
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="fireflies"
+  color="#100730"
+/>
+
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
+[Fireflies.ai](https://fireflies.ai/) ist eine Plattform für Besprechungstranskription und -intelligenz, die sich in Sim integriert und es Ihren Agenten ermöglicht, direkt mit Besprechungsaufzeichnungen, Transkripten und Erkenntnissen über No-Code-Automatisierungen zu arbeiten.
+
+Die Fireflies-Integration in Sim bietet Tools für:
+
+- **Besprechungstranskripte auflisten:** Rufen Sie mehrere Besprechungen und deren Zusammenfassungsinformationen für Ihr Team oder Konto ab.
+- **Vollständige Transkriptdetails abrufen:** Greifen Sie auf detaillierte Transkripte zu, einschließlich Zusammenfassungen, Aktionspunkten, Themen und Teilnehmeranalysen für jede Besprechung.
+- **Audio oder Video hochladen:** Laden Sie Audio-/Videodateien hoch oder geben Sie URLs zur Transkription an – optional können Sie Sprache, Titel, Teilnehmer festlegen und automatisierte Besprechungsnotizen erhalten.
+- **Transkripte durchsuchen:** Finden Sie Besprechungen nach Stichwort, Teilnehmer, Moderator oder Zeitraum, um relevante Diskussionen schnell zu lokalisieren.
+- **Transkripte löschen:** Entfernen Sie bestimmte Besprechungstranskripte aus Ihrem Fireflies-Workspace.
+- **Soundbites (Bites) erstellen:** Extrahieren und markieren Sie wichtige Momente aus Transkripten als Audio- oder Videoclips.
+- **Workflows bei Transkriptionsabschluss auslösen:** Aktivieren Sie Sim-Workflows automatisch, wenn eine Fireflies-Besprechungstranskription abgeschlossen ist, mithilfe des bereitgestellten Webhook-Triggers – dies ermöglicht Echtzeit-Automatisierungen und Benachrichtigungen basierend auf neuen Besprechungsdaten.
+
+Durch die Kombination dieser Funktionen können Sie Aktionen nach Besprechungen optimieren, strukturierte Erkenntnisse extrahieren, Benachrichtigungen automatisieren, Aufzeichnungen verwalten und benutzerdefinierte Workflows rund um die Anrufe Ihrer Organisation orchestrieren – alles sicher unter Verwendung Ihres API-Schlüssels und Ihrer Fireflies-Anmeldedaten.
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
+
+## Nutzungsanweisungen
+
+Integrieren Sie Fireflies.ai in den Workflow. Verwalten Sie Besprechungstranskripte, fügen Sie Bots zu Live-Besprechungen hinzu, erstellen Sie Soundbites und mehr. Kann auch Workflows auslösen, wenn Transkriptionen abgeschlossen sind.
+
+## Tools
+
+### `fireflies_list_transcripts`
+
+Meeting-Transkripte von Fireflies.ai mit optionaler Filterung auflisten
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies API-Schlüssel |
+| `keyword` | string | Nein | Suchbegriff im Meeting-Titel oder Transkript |
+| `fromDate` | string | Nein | Transkripte ab diesem Datum filtern \(ISO 8601-Format\) |
+| `toDate` | string | Nein | Transkripte bis zu diesem Datum filtern \(ISO 8601-Format\) |
+| `hostEmail` | string | Nein | Nach E-Mail-Adresse des Meeting-Hosts filtern |
+| `participants` | string | Nein | Nach E-Mail-Adressen der Teilnehmer filtern \(durch Komma getrennt\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl der zurückzugebenden Transkripte \(max. 50\) |
+| `skip` | number | Nein | Anzahl der zu überspringenden Transkripte für Paginierung |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `transcripts` | array | Liste der Transkripte |
+| `count` | number | Anzahl der zurückgegebenen Transkripte |
+
+### `fireflies_get_transcript`
+
+Ein einzelnes Transkript mit vollständigen Details einschließlich Zusammenfassung, Aktionspunkten und Analysen abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies API-Schlüssel |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Ja | Die abzurufende Transkript-ID |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `transcript` | object | Das Transkript mit vollständigen Details |
+
+### `fireflies_get_user`
+
+Ruft Benutzerinformationen von Fireflies.ai ab. Gibt den aktuellen Benutzer zurück, wenn keine ID angegeben ist.
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies-API-Schlüssel |
+| `userId` | string | Nein | Abzurufende Benutzer-ID \(optional, Standardwert ist der Inhaber des API-Schlüssels\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `user` | object | Benutzerinformationen |
+
+### `fireflies_list_users`
+
+Listet alle Benutzer in Ihrem Fireflies.ai-Team auf
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies-API-Schlüssel |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `users` | array | Liste der Teammitglieder |
+
+### `fireflies_upload_audio`
+
+Lädt eine Audiodatei-URL zur Transkription zu Fireflies.ai hoch
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies-API-Schlüssel |
+| `audioFile` | file | Nein | Audio-/Videodatei zur Transkription hochladen |
+| `audioUrl` | string | Nein | Öffentliche HTTPS-URL der Audio-/Videodatei \(MP3, MP4, WAV, M4A, OGG\) |
+| `title` | string | Nein | Titel für das Meeting/Transkript |
+| `webhook` | string | Nein | Webhook-URL zur Benachrichtigung, wenn die Transkription abgeschlossen ist |
+| `language` | string | Nein | Sprachcode für die Transkription \(z. B. „es" für Spanisch, „de" für Deutsch\) |
+| `attendees` | string | Nein | Teilnehmer im JSON-Format: \[\{"displayName": "Name", "email": "email@example.com"\}\] |
+| `clientReferenceId` | string | Nein | Benutzerdefinierte Referenz-ID zur Nachverfolgung |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob der Upload erfolgreich war |
+| `title` | string | Titel des hochgeladenen Meetings |
+| `message` | string | Statusmeldung von Fireflies |
+
+### `fireflies_delete_transcript`
+
+Ein Transkript von Fireflies.ai löschen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies API-Schlüssel |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Ja | Die zu löschende Transkript-ID |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob das Transkript erfolgreich gelöscht wurde |
+
+### `fireflies_add_to_live_meeting`
+
+Fügen Sie den Fireflies.ai-Bot zu einem laufenden Meeting hinzu, um aufzuzeichnen und zu transkribieren
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies API-Schlüssel |
+| `meetingLink` | string | Ja | Gültige Meeting-URL \(Zoom, Google Meet, Microsoft Teams, etc.\) |
+| `title` | string | Nein | Titel für das Meeting \(max. 256 Zeichen\) |
+| `meetingPassword` | string | Nein | Passwort für das Meeting, falls erforderlich \(max. 32 Zeichen\) |
+| `duration` | number | Nein | Meetingdauer in Minuten \(15–120, Standard: 60\) |
+| `language` | string | Nein | Sprachcode für die Transkription \(z. B. "en", "es", "de"\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob der Bot erfolgreich zum Meeting hinzugefügt wurde |
+
+### `fireflies_create_bite`
+
+Erstellen Sie einen Soundbite/Highlight aus einem bestimmten Zeitbereich in einem Transkript
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies API-Schlüssel |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Ja | ID des Transkripts, aus dem der Bite erstellt werden soll |
+| `startTime` | number | Ja | Startzeit des Bites in Sekunden |
+| `endTime` | number | Ja | Endzeit des Bites in Sekunden |
+| `name` | string | Nein | Name für den Bite \(max. 256 Zeichen\) |
+| `mediaType` | string | Nein | Medientyp: "video" oder "audio" |
+| `summary` | string | Nein | Zusammenfassung für den Bite \(max. 500 Zeichen\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `bite` | object | Details des erstellten Bites |
+
+### `fireflies_list_bites`
+
+Soundbites/Highlights von Fireflies.ai auflisten
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies API-Schlüssel |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Nein | Bites für ein bestimmtes Transkript filtern |
+| `mine` | boolean | Nein | Nur Bites zurückgeben, die dem Besitzer des API-Schlüssels gehören \(Standard: true\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl der zurückzugebenden Bites \(max. 50\) |
+| `skip` | number | Nein | Anzahl der zu überspringenden Bites für die Paginierung |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `bites` | array | Liste der Bites/Soundbites |
+
+### `fireflies_list_contacts`
+
+Alle Kontakte aus Ihren Fireflies.ai-Meetings auflisten
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Fireflies-API-Schlüssel |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `contacts` | array | Liste der Kontakte aus Meetings |
+
+## Hinweise
+
+- Kategorie: `tools`
+- Typ: `fireflies`

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/generic_webhook.mdx

@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Webhook
-description: Empfangen Sie Webhooks von jedem Dienst durch Konfiguration eines
-  benutzerdefinierten Webhooks.
----
-
-import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
-import { Image } from '@/components/ui/image'
-
-<BlockInfoCard 
-  type="generic_webhook"
-  color="#10B981"
-/>
-
-<div className="flex justify-center">
-  <Image
-    src="/static/blocks/webhook.png"
-    alt="Webhook-Block-Konfiguration"
-    width={500}
-    height={400}
-    className="my-6"
-  />
-</div>
-
-## Übersicht
-
-Der generische Webhook-Block ermöglicht den Empfang von Webhooks von jedem externen Dienst. Dies ist ein flexibler Trigger, der jede JSON-Nutzlast verarbeiten kann und sich daher ideal für die Integration mit Diensten eignet, die keinen dedizierten Sim-Block haben.
-
-## Grundlegende Verwendung
-
-### Einfacher Durchleitungsmodus
-
-Ohne ein definiertes Eingabeformat leitet der Webhook den gesamten Anforderungstext unverändert weiter:
-
-```bash
-curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/webhooks/trigger/{webhook-path} \
-  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-  -H "X-Sim-Secret: your-secret" \
-  -d '{
-    "message": "Test webhook trigger",
-    "data": {
-      "key": "value"
-    }
-  }'
-```
-
-Greifen Sie in nachgelagerten Blöcken auf die Daten zu mit:
-- `<webhook1.message>` → "Test webhook trigger"
-- `<webhook1.data.key>` → "value"
-
-### Strukturiertes Eingabeformat (optional)
-
-Definieren Sie ein Eingabeschema, um typisierte Felder zu erhalten und erweiterte Funktionen wie Datei-Uploads zu aktivieren:
-
-**Konfiguration des Eingabeformats:**
-
-```json
-[
-  { "name": "message", "type": "string" },
-  { "name": "priority", "type": "number" },
-  { "name": "documents", "type": "files" }
-]
-```
-
-**Webhook-Anfrage:**
-
-```bash
-curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/webhooks/trigger/{webhook-path} \
-  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-  -H "X-Sim-Secret: your-secret" \
-  -d '{
-    "message": "Invoice submission",
-    "priority": 1,
-    "documents": [
-      {
-        "type": "file",
-        "data": "data:application/pdf;base64,JVBERi0xLjQK...",
-        "name": "invoice.pdf",
-        "mime": "application/pdf"
-      }
-    ]
-  }'
-```
-
-## Datei-Uploads
-
-### Unterstützte Dateiformate
-
-Der Webhook unterstützt zwei Dateieingabeformate:
-
-#### 1. Base64-kodierte Dateien
-Zum direkten Hochladen von Dateiinhalten:
-
-```json
-{
-  "documents": [
-    {
-      "type": "file",
-      "data": "data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgA...",
-      "name": "screenshot.png",
-      "mime": "image/png"
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-- **Maximale Größe**: 20MB pro Datei
-- **Format**: Standard-Daten-URL mit Base64-Kodierung
-- **Speicherung**: Dateien werden in sicheren Ausführungsspeicher hochgeladen
-
-#### 2. URL-Referenzen
-Zum Übergeben vorhandener Datei-URLs:
-
-```json
-{
-  "documents": [
-    {
-      "type": "url",
-      "data": "https://example.com/files/document.pdf",
-      "name": "document.pdf",
-      "mime": "application/pdf"
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-### Zugriff auf Dateien in nachgelagerten Blöcken
-
-Dateien werden in `UserFile`Objekte mit den folgenden Eigenschaften verarbeitet:
-
-```typescript
-{
-  id: string,          // Unique file identifier
-  name: string,        // Original filename
-  url: string,         // Presigned URL (valid for 5 minutes)
-  size: number,        // File size in bytes
-  type: string,        // MIME type
-  key: string,         // Storage key
-  uploadedAt: string,  // ISO timestamp
-  expiresAt: string    // ISO timestamp (5 minutes)
-}
-```
-
-**Zugriff in Blöcken:**
-- `<webhook1.documents[0].url>` → Download-URL
-- `<webhook1.documents[0].name>` → "invoice.pdf"
-- `<webhook1.documents[0].size>` → 524288
-- `<webhook1.documents[0].type>` → "application/pdf"
-
-### Vollständiges Datei-Upload-Beispiel
-
-```bash
-# Create a base64-encoded file
-echo "Hello World" | base64
-# SGVsbG8gV29ybGQK
-
-# Send webhook with file
-curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/webhooks/trigger/{webhook-path} \
-  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-  -H "X-Sim-Secret: your-secret" \
-  -d '{
-    "subject": "Document for review",
-    "attachments": [
-      {
-        "type": "file",
-        "data": "data:text/plain;base64,SGVsbG8gV29ybGQK",
-        "name": "sample.txt",
-        "mime": "text/plain"
-      }
-    ]
-  }'
-```
-
-## Authentifizierung
-
-### Authentifizierung konfigurieren (Optional)
-
-In der Webhook-Konfiguration:
-1. Aktiviere "Authentifizierung erforderlich"
-2. Setze einen geheimen Token
-3. Wähle den Header-Typ:
-   - **Benutzerdefinierter Header**: `X-Sim-Secret: your-token`
-   - **Authorization Bearer**: `Authorization: Bearer your-token`
-
-### Verwendung der Authentifizierung
-
-```bash
-# With custom header
-curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/webhooks/trigger/{webhook-path} \
-  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-  -H "X-Sim-Secret: your-secret-token" \
-  -d '{"message": "Authenticated request"}'
-
-# With bearer token
-curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/webhooks/trigger/{webhook-path} \
-  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
-  -H "Authorization: Bearer your-secret-token" \
-  -d '{"message": "Authenticated request"}'
-```
-
-## Best Practices
-
-1. **Eingabeformat für Struktur verwenden**: Definiere ein Eingabeformat, wenn du das erwartete Schema kennst. Dies bietet:
-   - Typvalidierung
-   - Bessere Autovervollständigung im Editor
-   - Datei-Upload-Funktionen
-
-2. **Authentifizierung**: Aktiviere immer die Authentifizierung für Produktions-Webhooks, um unbefugten Zugriff zu verhindern.
-
-3. **Dateigrößenbeschränkungen**: Halte Dateien unter 20 MB. Verwende für größere Dateien URL-Referenzen.
-
-4. **Dateiablauf**: Heruntergeladene Dateien haben URLs mit einer Gültigkeit von 5 Minuten. Verarbeite sie umgehend oder speichere sie an anderer Stelle, wenn sie länger benötigt werden.
-
-5. **Fehlerbehandlung**: Die Webhook-Verarbeitung erfolgt asynchron. Überprüfe die Ausführungsprotokolle auf Fehler.
-
-6. **Testen**: Verwende die Schaltfläche "Webhook testen" im Editor, um deine Konfiguration vor der Bereitstellung zu validieren.
-
-## Anwendungsfälle
-
-- **Formularübermittlungen**: Empfange Daten von benutzerdefinierten Formularen mit Datei-Uploads
-- **Drittanbieter-Integrationen**: Verbinde mit Diensten, die Webhooks senden (Stripe, GitHub usw.)
-- **Dokumentenverarbeitung**: Akzeptiere Dokumente von externen Systemen zur Verarbeitung
-- **Ereignisbenachrichtigungen**: Empfange Ereignisdaten aus verschiedenen Quellen
-- **Benutzerdefinierte APIs**: Erstelle benutzerdefinierte API-Endpunkte für deine Anwendungen
-
-## Hinweise
-
-- Kategorie: `triggers`
-- Typ: `generic_webhook`
-- **Dateiunterstützung**: Verfügbar über Eingabeformat-Konfiguration
-- **Maximale Dateigröße**: 20 MB pro Datei

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/greptile.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+---
+title: Greptile
+description: KI-gestützte Codebase-Suche und Fragen & Antworten
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="greptile"
+  color="#e5e5e5"
+/>
+
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
+[Greptile](https://greptile.com/) ist ein KI-gestütztes Entwicklertool zum Durchsuchen und Abfragen von Quellcode über ein oder mehrere Repositories hinweg. Greptile ermöglicht es Entwicklern, komplexe Fragen zur Codebase schnell in natürlicher Sprache zu beantworten, relevante Dateien oder Symbole zu finden und Einblicke in unbekannten oder Legacy-Code zu gewinnen.
+
+Mit Greptile können Sie:
+
+- **Komplexe Fragen zu Ihrer Codebase in natürlicher Sprache stellen**: Erhalten Sie KI-generierte Antworten zu Architektur, Verwendungsmustern oder spezifischen Implementierungen.
+- **Relevanten Code, Dateien oder Funktionen sofort finden**: Suchen Sie mit Schlüsselwörtern oder natürlichsprachlichen Abfragen und springen Sie direkt zu passenden Zeilen, Dateien oder Codeblöcken.
+- **Abhängigkeiten und Beziehungen verstehen**: Entdecken Sie, wo Funktionen aufgerufen werden, wie Module miteinander verbunden sind oder wo APIs in großen Codebasen verwendet werden.
+- **Onboarding und Code-Exploration beschleunigen**: Arbeiten Sie sich schnell in neue Projekte ein oder debuggen Sie knifflige Probleme, ohne tiefgreifenden Vorkontext zu benötigen.
+
+Die Sim Greptile-Integration ermöglicht es Ihren KI-Agenten:
+
+- Private und öffentliche Repositories mithilfe der fortschrittlichen Sprachmodelle von Greptile abzufragen und zu durchsuchen.
+- Kontextuell relevante Code-Snippets, Dateiverweise und Erklärungen abzurufen, um Code-Reviews, Dokumentation und Entwicklungsworkflows zu unterstützen.
+- Automatisierungen in Sim-Workflows basierend auf Such-/Abfrageergebnissen auszulösen oder Code-Intelligenz direkt in Ihre Prozesse einzubetten.
+
+Egal, ob Sie die Produktivität von Entwicklern beschleunigen, Dokumentation automatisieren oder das Verständnis Ihres Teams für eine komplexe Codebase verbessern möchten – Greptile und Sim bieten nahtlosen Zugriff auf Code-Intelligenz und Suche, genau dort, wo Sie sie benötigen.
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
+
+## Nutzungsanleitung
+
+Fragen Sie Codebasen mit natürlicher Sprache über Greptile ab und durchsuchen Sie sie. Erhalten Sie KI-generierte Antworten zu Ihrem Code, finden Sie relevante Dateien und verstehen Sie komplexe Codebasen.
+
+## Tools
+
+### `greptile_query`
+
+Durchsuchen Sie Repositories in natürlicher Sprache und erhalten Sie Antworten mit relevanten Code-Referenzen. Greptile nutzt KI, um Ihre Codebasis zu verstehen und Fragen zu beantworten.
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `query` | string | Ja | Frage in natürlicher Sprache zur Codebasis |
+| `repositories` | string | Ja | Kommagetrennte Liste von Repositories. Format: "github:branch:owner/repo" oder nur "owner/repo" \(Standard ist github:main\) |
+| `sessionId` | string | Nein | Sitzungs-ID für Gesprächskontinuität |
+| `genius` | boolean | Nein | Genius-Modus für gründlichere Analyse aktivieren \(langsamer, aber genauer\) |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Greptile-API-Schlüssel |
+| `githubToken` | string | Ja | GitHub Personal Access Token mit Lesezugriff auf Repositories |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `message` | string | KI-generierte Antwort auf die Anfrage |
+| `sources` | array | Relevante Code-Referenzen, die die Antwort unterstützen |
+
+### `greptile_search`
+
+Durchsuchen Sie Repositories in natürlicher Sprache und erhalten Sie relevante Code-Referenzen ohne Generierung einer Antwort. Nützlich zum Auffinden spezifischer Code-Stellen.
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `query` | string | Ja | Suchanfrage in natürlicher Sprache zum Auffinden relevanten Codes |
+| `repositories` | string | Ja | Kommagetrennte Liste von Repositories. Format: "github:branch:owner/repo" oder nur "owner/repo" \(Standard ist github:main\) |
+| `sessionId` | string | Nein | Sitzungs-ID für Gesprächskontinuität |
+| `genius` | boolean | Nein | Genius-Modus für gründlichere Suche aktivieren \(langsamer, aber genauer\) |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Greptile-API-Schlüssel |
+| `githubToken` | string | Ja | GitHub Personal Access Token mit Lesezugriff auf Repositories |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `sources` | array | Relevante Code-Referenzen, die zur Suchanfrage passen |
+
+### `greptile_index_repo`
+
+Übermitteln Sie ein Repository zur Indexierung durch Greptile. Die Indexierung muss abgeschlossen sein, bevor das Repository abgefragt werden kann. Kleine Repositories benötigen 3-5 Minuten, größere können über eine Stunde dauern.
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `remote` | string | Ja | Git-Remote-Typ: github oder gitlab |
+| `repository` | string | Ja | Repository im Format owner/repo \(z. B. "facebook/react"\) |
+| `branch` | string | Ja | Zu indexierender Branch \(z. B. "main" oder "master"\) |
+| `reload` | boolean | Nein | Neuindexierung erzwingen, auch wenn bereits indexiert |
+| `notify` | boolean | Nein | E-Mail-Benachrichtigung senden, wenn Indexierung abgeschlossen ist |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Greptile-API-Schlüssel |
+| `githubToken` | string | Ja | GitHub Personal Access Token mit Lesezugriff auf Repository |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `repositoryId` | string | Eindeutige Kennung für das indexierte Repository \(Format: remote:branch:owner/repo\) |
+| `statusEndpoint` | string | URL-Endpunkt zur Überprüfung des Indexierungsstatus |
+| `message` | string | Statusmeldung über den Indexierungsvorgang |
+
+### `greptile_status`
+
+Überprüfen Sie den Indexierungsstatus eines Repositories. Verwenden Sie dies, um zu verifizieren, ob ein Repository abfragebereit ist, oder um den Indexierungsfortschritt zu überwachen.
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `remote` | string | Ja | Git-Remote-Typ: github oder gitlab |
+| `repository` | string | Ja | Repository im Format owner/repo \(z. B. "facebook/react"\) |
+| `branch` | string | Ja | Branch-Name \(z. B. "main" oder "master"\) |
+| `apiKey` | string | Ja | Greptile-API-Schlüssel |
+| `githubToken` | string | Ja | GitHub Personal Access Token mit Lesezugriff auf das Repository |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `repository` | string | Repository-Name \(owner/repo\) |
+| `remote` | string | Git-Remote \(github/gitlab\) |
+| `branch` | string | Branch-Name |
+| `private` | boolean | Ob das Repository privat ist |
+| `status` | string | Indexierungsstatus: submitted, cloning, processing, completed oder failed |
+| `filesProcessed` | number | Anzahl der bisher verarbeiteten Dateien |
+| `numFiles` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Dateien im Repository |
+| `sampleQuestions` | array | Beispielfragen für das indexierte Repository |
+| `sha` | string | Git-Commit-SHA der indexierten Version |
+
+## Hinweise
+
+- Kategorie: `tools`
+- Typ: `greptile`

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/imap.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+---
+title: IMAP-E-Mail
+description: Workflows auslösen, wenn neue E-Mails über IMAP eintreffen
+  (funktioniert mit jedem E-Mail-Anbieter)
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="imap"
+  color="#6366F1"
+/>
+
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
+Der IMAP-E-Mail-Trigger ermöglicht es Ihren Sim-Workflows, automatisch zu starten, sobald eine neue E-Mail in einem Postfach empfangen wird, das das IMAP-Protokoll unterstützt. Dies funktioniert mit Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo und den meisten anderen E-Mail-Anbietern.
+
+Mit dem IMAP-Trigger können Sie:
+
+- **E-Mail-Verarbeitung automatisieren**: Starten Sie Workflows in Echtzeit, wenn neue Nachrichten in Ihrem Posteingang eintreffen.
+- **Nach Absender, Betreff oder Ordner filtern**: Konfigurieren Sie Ihren Trigger so, dass er nur auf E-Mails reagiert, die bestimmte Bedingungen erfüllen.
+- **Anhänge extrahieren und verarbeiten**: Laden Sie Dateianhänge automatisch herunter und verwenden Sie sie in Ihren automatisierten Abläufen.
+- **E-Mail-Inhalte parsen und verwenden**: Greifen Sie auf Betreff, Absender, Empfänger, vollständigen Text und andere Metadaten in nachfolgenden Workflow-Schritten zu.
+- **Mit jedem E-Mail-Anbieter integrieren**: Funktioniert mit jedem Dienst, der standardmäßigen IMAP-Zugriff bietet, ohne Vendor-Lock-in.
+- **Bei ungelesenen, markierten oder benutzerdefinierten Kriterien auslösen**: Richten Sie erweiterte Filter für die Arten von E-Mails ein, die Ihre Workflows starten.
+
+Mit Sim gibt Ihnen die IMAP-Integration die Möglichkeit, E-Mails in eine handlungsfähige Automatisierungsquelle zu verwandeln. Reagieren Sie auf Kundenanfragen, verarbeiten Sie Benachrichtigungen, starten Sie Daten-Pipelines und mehr – direkt aus Ihrem E-Mail-Posteingang, ohne manuelles Eingreifen.
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
+
+## Nutzungsanleitung
+
+Verbinden Sie sich über das IMAP-Protokoll mit jedem E-Mail-Server, um Workflows auszulösen, wenn neue E-Mails empfangen werden. Unterstützt Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo und jeden anderen IMAP-kompatiblen E-Mail-Anbieter.
+
+## Hinweise
+
+- Kategorie: `triggers`
+- Typ: `imap`

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/intercom.mdx

@@ -55,8 +55,7 @@ Erstellen Sie einen neuen Kontakt in Intercom mit E-Mail, external_id oder Rolle
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Erfolgsstatus der Operation |
-| `output` | object | Erstellte Kontaktdaten |
+| `contact` | object | Erstelltes Kontaktobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_get_contact`
 
@@ -72,8 +71,7 @@ Einen einzelnen Kontakt anhand der ID von Intercom abrufen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Erfolgsstatus der Operation |
-| `output` | object | Kontaktdaten |
+| `contact` | object | Kontaktobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_update_contact`
 
@@ -101,8 +99,7 @@ Einen bestehenden Kontakt in Intercom aktualisieren
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Erfolgsstatus der Operation |
-| `output` | object | Aktualisierte Kontaktdaten |
+| `contact` | object | Aktualisiertes Kontaktobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_list_contacts`
 
@@ -119,8 +116,7 @@ Alle Kontakte von Intercom mit Paginierungsunterstützung auflisten
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Liste der Kontakte |
+| `contacts` | array | Array von Kontaktobjekten |
 
 ### `intercom_search_contacts`
 
@@ -140,8 +136,7 @@ Suche nach Kontakten in Intercom mit einer Abfrage
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Suchergebnisse |
+| `contacts` | array | Array von übereinstimmenden Kontaktobjekten |
 
 ### `intercom_delete_contact`
 
@@ -157,8 +152,9 @@ Einen Kontakt aus Intercom nach ID löschen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Löschergebnis |
+| `id` | string | ID des gelöschten Kontakts |
+| `deleted` | boolean | Ob der Kontakt gelöscht wurde |
+| `metadata` | object | Metadaten der Operation |
 
 ### `intercom_create_company`
 
@@ -182,8 +178,7 @@ Ein Unternehmen in Intercom erstellen oder aktualisieren
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Erstellte oder aktualisierte Unternehmensdaten |
+| `company` | object | Erstelltes oder aktualisiertes Unternehmensobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_get_company`
 
@@ -199,8 +194,7 @@ Ein einzelnes Unternehmen anhand der ID von Intercom abrufen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Unternehmensdaten |
+| `company` | object | Unternehmensobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_list_companies`
 
@@ -218,8 +212,7 @@ Listet alle Unternehmen von Intercom mit Paginierungsunterstützung auf. Hinweis
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Liste der Unternehmen |
+| `companies` | array | Array von Unternehmensobjekten |
 
 ### `intercom_get_conversation`
 
@@ -237,8 +230,7 @@ Eine einzelne Konversation anhand der ID von Intercom abrufen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Konversationsdaten |
+| `conversation` | object | Konversationsobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_list_conversations`
 
@@ -257,8 +249,7 @@ Alle Konversationen von Intercom mit Paginierungsunterstützung auflisten
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Liste der Konversationen |
+| `conversations` | array | Array von Konversationsobjekten |
 
 ### `intercom_reply_conversation`
 
@@ -279,8 +270,7 @@ Als Administrator auf eine Konversation in Intercom antworten
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Aktualisierte Konversation mit Antwort |
+| `conversation` | object | Aktualisiertes Konversationsobjekt |
 
 ### `intercom_search_conversations`
 
@@ -300,8 +290,7 @@ Nach Konversationen in Intercom mit einer Abfrage suchen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Status des Operationserfolgs |
-| `output` | object | Suchergebnisse |
+| `conversations` | array | Array von übereinstimmenden Konversationsobjekten |
 
 ### `intercom_create_ticket`
 
@@ -321,10 +310,9 @@ Ein neues Ticket in Intercom erstellen
 
 #### Output
 
-| Parameter | Type | Beschreibung |
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Erfolgsstatus der Operation |
-| `output` | object | Erstellte Ticket-Daten |
+| `ticket` | object | Erstelltes Ticket-Objekt |
 
 ### `intercom_get_ticket`
 
@@ -338,10 +326,9 @@ Ein einzelnes Ticket anhand der ID von Intercom abrufen
 
 #### Output
 
-| Parameter | Type | Beschreibung |
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Erfolgsstatus der Operation |
-| `output` | object | Ticket-Daten |
+| `ticket` | object | Ticket-Objekt |
 
 ### `intercom_create_message`
 
@@ -363,10 +350,9 @@ Eine neue vom Administrator initiierte Nachricht in Intercom erstellen und sende
 
 #### Output
 
-| Parameter | Type | Beschreibung |
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Erfolgsstatus der Operation |
-| `output` | object | Erstellte Nachrichtendaten |
+| `message` | object | Erstelltes Nachrichtenobjekt |
 
 ## Notizen
 

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/jira_service_management.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+---
+title: Jira Service Management
+description: Interagieren Sie mit Jira Service Management
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="jira_service_management"
+  color="#E0E0E0"
+/>
+
+## Nutzungsanweisungen
+
+Integrieren Sie Jira Service Management für IT-Service-Management. Erstellen und verwalten Sie Service-Anfragen, bearbeiten Sie Kunden und Organisationen, verfolgen Sie SLAs und verwalten Sie Warteschlangen.
+
+## Tools
+
+### `jsm_get_service_desks`
+
+Alle Service Desks aus Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `serviceDesks` | json | Array von Service Desks |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Service Desks |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_get_request_types`
+
+Anfragetypen für einen Service Desk in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service Desk ID, für die Anfragetypen abgerufen werden sollen |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `requestTypes` | json | Array von Anfragetypen |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Anfragetypen |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_create_request`
+
+Erstellen Sie eine neue Serviceanfrage in Jira Service Management
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service-Desk-ID, in der die Anfrage erstellt werden soll |
+| `requestTypeId` | string | Ja | Anfragetyp-ID für die neue Anfrage |
+| `summary` | string | Ja | Zusammenfassung/Titel für die Serviceanfrage |
+| `description` | string | Nein | Beschreibung für die Serviceanfrage |
+| `raiseOnBehalfOf` | string | Nein | Konto-ID des Kunden, für den die Anfrage im Namen gestellt werden soll |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueId` | string | Erstellte Anfrage-Issue-ID |
+| `issueKey` | string | Erstellter Anfrage-Issue-Key \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `requestTypeId` | string | Anfragetyp-ID |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Service-Desk-ID |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob die Anfrage erfolgreich erstellt wurde |
+| `url` | string | URL zur erstellten Anfrage |
+
+### `jsm_get_request`
+
+Eine einzelne Serviceanfrage aus Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+
+### `jsm_get_requests`
+
+Mehrere Serviceanfragen aus Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Nein | Nach Service-Desk-ID filtern |
+| `requestOwnership` | string | Nein | Nach Eigentümerschaft filtern: OWNED_REQUESTS, PARTICIPATED_REQUESTS, ORGANIZATION, ALL_REQUESTS |
+| `requestStatus` | string | Nein | Nach Status filtern: OPEN, CLOSED, ALL |
+| `searchTerm` | string | Nein | Suchbegriff zum Filtern von Anfragen |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `requests` | json | Array von Serviceanfragen |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Anfragen |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_add_comment`
+
+Einen Kommentar (öffentlich oder intern) zu einer Serviceanfrage in Jira Service Management hinzufügen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `body` | string | Ja | Kommentartext |
+| `isPublic` | boolean | Ja | Ob der Kommentar öffentlich \(für Kunden sichtbar\) oder intern ist |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `commentId` | string | ID des erstellten Kommentars |
+| `body` | string | Kommentartext |
+| `isPublic` | boolean | Ob der Kommentar öffentlich ist |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob der Kommentar erfolgreich hinzugefügt wurde |
+
+### `jsm_get_comments`
+
+Kommentare für eine Serviceanfrage in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `isPublic` | boolean | Nein | Nur öffentliche Kommentare filtern |
+| `internal` | boolean | Nein | Nur interne Kommentare filtern |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `comments` | json | Array von Kommentaren |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Kommentare |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_get_customers`
+
+Kunden für einen Service Desk in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service-Desk-ID, für die Kunden abgerufen werden sollen |
+| `query` | string | Nein | Suchabfrage zum Filtern von Kunden |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `customers` | json | Array von Kunden |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Kunden |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_add_customer`
+
+Kunden zu einem Service Desk in Jira Service Management hinzufügen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service-Desk-ID, zu der Kunden hinzugefügt werden sollen |
+| `emails` | string | Ja | Kommagetrennte E-Mail-Adressen, die als Kunden hinzugefügt werden sollen |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Service-Desk-ID |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob Kunden erfolgreich hinzugefügt wurden |
+
+### `jsm_get_organizations`
+
+Organisationen für einen Service Desk in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service-Desk-ID, für die Organisationen abgerufen werden sollen |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `organizations` | json | Array von Organisationen |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Organisationen |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_create_organization`
+
+Eine neue Organisation in Jira Service Management erstellen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `name` | string | Ja | Name der zu erstellenden Organisation |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `organizationId` | string | ID der erstellten Organisation |
+| `name` | string | Name der erstellten Organisation |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob die Operation erfolgreich war |
+
+### `jsm_add_organization`
+
+Eine Organisation zu einem Service Desk in Jira Service Management hinzufügen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service Desk ID, zu der die Organisation hinzugefügt werden soll |
+| `organizationId` | string | Ja | Organisations-ID, die zum Service Desk hinzugefügt werden soll |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Service Desk ID |
+| `organizationId` | string | Hinzugefügte Organisations-ID |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob die Operation erfolgreich war |
+
+### `jsm_get_queues`
+
+Warteschlangen für einen Service Desk in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `serviceDeskId` | string | Ja | Service Desk ID, für die Warteschlangen abgerufen werden sollen |
+| `includeCount` | boolean | Nein | Vorgangsanzahl für jede Warteschlange einbeziehen |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `queues` | json | Array von Warteschlangen |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Warteschlangen |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_get_sla`
+
+SLA-Informationen für eine Serviceanfrage in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `slas` | json | Array mit SLA-Informationen |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der SLAs |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_get_transitions`
+
+Verfügbare Übergänge für eine Serviceanfrage in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `transitions` | json | Array mit verfügbaren Übergängen |
+
+### `jsm_transition_request`
+
+Eine Serviceanfrage in einen neuen Status in Jira Service Management überführen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `transitionId` | string | Ja | Anzuwendende Übergangs-ID |
+| `comment` | string | Nein | Optionaler Kommentar, der während des Übergangs hinzugefügt werden kann |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Issue-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `transitionId` | string | Angewendete Übergangs-ID |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob der Übergang erfolgreich war |
+
+### `jsm_get_participants`
+
+Teilnehmer für eine Anfrage in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Issue-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Issue-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `participants` | json | Array von Teilnehmern |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Teilnehmer |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_add_participants`
+
+Teilnehmer zu einer Anfrage in Jira Service Management hinzufügen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Issue-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `accountIds` | string | Ja | Durch Kommas getrennte Account-IDs, die als Teilnehmer hinzugefügt werden sollen |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `participants` | json | Array der hinzugefügten Teilnehmer |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob die Operation erfolgreich war |
+
+### `jsm_get_approvals`
+
+Genehmigungen für eine Anfrage in Jira Service Management abrufen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `start` | number | Nein | Startindex für Paginierung \(Standard: 0\) |
+| `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl zurückzugebender Ergebnisse \(Standard: 50\) |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `approvals` | json | Array der Genehmigungen |
+| `total` | number | Gesamtanzahl der Genehmigungen |
+| `isLastPage` | boolean | Ob dies die letzte Seite ist |
+
+### `jsm_answer_approval`
+
+Eine Genehmigungsanfrage in Jira Service Management genehmigen oder ablehnen
+
+#### Eingabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `domain` | string | Ja | Ihre Jira-Domain \(z. B. ihrfirma.atlassian.net\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | Nein | Jira Cloud-ID für die Instanz |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Ja | Vorgangs-ID oder -Schlüssel \(z. B. SD-123\) |
+| `approvalId` | string | Ja | Genehmigungs-ID zur Beantwortung |
+| `decision` | string | Ja | Entscheidung: "approve" oder "decline" |
+
+#### Ausgabe
+
+| Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `ts` | string | Zeitstempel der Operation |
+| `issueIdOrKey` | string | Issue-ID oder -Schlüssel |
+| `approvalId` | string | Genehmigungs-ID |
+| `decision` | string | Getroffene Entscheidung \(genehmigen/ablehnen\) |
+| `success` | boolean | Ob die Operation erfolgreich war |
+
+## Hinweise
+
+- Kategorie: `tools`
+- Typ: `jira_service_management`

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/kalshi.mdx

@@ -123,8 +123,6 @@ Kontostand und Portfoliowert von Kalshi abrufen
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `balance` | number | Kontostand in Cent |
 | `portfolioValue` | number | Portfoliowert in Cent |
-| `balanceDollars` | number | Kontostand in Dollar |
-| `portfolioValueDollars` | number | Portfoliowert in Dollar |
 
 ### `kalshi_get_positions`
 

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/pinecone.mdx

@@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ Text-Datensätze in einen Pinecone-Index einfügen oder aktualisieren
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `statusText` | string | Status des Einfügevorgangs |
-| `upsertedCount` | number | Anzahl der erfolgreich eingefügten Datensätze |
+| `statusText` | string | Status der Upsert-Operation |
 
 ### `pinecone_search_text`
 

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/supabase.mdx

@@ -47,10 +47,11 @@ Daten aus einer Supabase-Tabelle abfragen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
-| `projectId` | string | Ja | Ihre Supabase-Projekt-ID \(z. B. jdrkgepadsdopsntdlom\) |
+| `projectId` | string | Ja | Ihre Supabase-Projekt-ID \(z.B. jdrkgepadsdopsntdlom\) |
 | `table` | string | Ja | Der Name der abzufragenden Supabase-Tabelle |
 | `schema` | string | Nein | Datenbankschema für die Abfrage \(Standard: public\). Verwenden Sie dies, um auf Tabellen in anderen Schemas zuzugreifen. |
-| `filter` | string | Nein | PostgREST-Filter \(z. B. "id=eq.123"\) |
+| `select` | string | Nein | Zurückzugebende Spalten \(durch Komma getrennt\). Standard ist * \(alle Spalten\) |
+| `filter` | string | Nein | PostgREST-Filter \(z.B. "id=eq.123"\) |
 | `orderBy` | string | Nein | Spalte zum Sortieren \(fügen Sie DESC für absteigende Sortierung hinzu\) |
 | `limit` | number | Nein | Maximale Anzahl der zurückzugebenden Zeilen |
 | `apiKey` | string | Ja | Ihr Supabase Service Role Secret Key |
@@ -91,10 +92,11 @@ Eine einzelne Zeile aus einer Supabase-Tabelle basierend auf Filterkriterien abr
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Erforderlich | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
-| `projectId` | string | Ja | Ihre Supabase-Projekt-ID \(z. B. jdrkgepadsdopsntdlom\) |
+| `projectId` | string | Ja | Ihre Supabase-Projekt-ID \(z.B. jdrkgepadsdopsntdlom\) |
 | `table` | string | Ja | Der Name der abzufragenden Supabase-Tabelle |
 | `schema` | string | Nein | Datenbankschema für die Abfrage \(Standard: public\). Verwenden Sie dies, um auf Tabellen in anderen Schemas zuzugreifen. |
-| `filter` | string | Ja | PostgREST-Filter zum Auffinden der spezifischen Zeile \(z. B. "id=eq.123"\) |
+| `select` | string | Nein | Zurückzugebende Spalten \(durch Komma getrennt\). Standard ist * \(alle Spalten\) |
+| `filter` | string | Ja | PostgREST-Filter zum Finden der spezifischen Zeile \(z.B. "id=eq.123"\) |
 | `apiKey` | string | Ja | Ihr Supabase Service Role Secret Key |
 
 #### Ausgabe
@@ -266,10 +268,11 @@ Eine Datei in einen Supabase-Speicher-Bucket hochladen
 | --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
 | `projectId` | string | Ja | Ihre Supabase-Projekt-ID \(z.B. jdrkgepadsdopsntdlom\) |
 | `bucket` | string | Ja | Der Name des Speicher-Buckets |
-| `path` | string | Ja | Der Pfad, unter dem die Datei gespeichert wird \(z.B. "ordner/datei.jpg"\) |
+| `fileName` | string | Ja | Der Name der Datei \(z.B. "dokument.pdf", "bild.jpg"\) |
+| `path` | string | Nein | Optionaler Ordnerpfad \(z.B. "ordner/unterordner/"\) |
 | `fileContent` | string | Ja | Der Dateiinhalt \(base64-kodiert für Binärdateien oder Klartext\) |
 | `contentType` | string | Nein | MIME-Typ der Datei \(z.B. "image/jpeg", "text/plain"\) |
-| `upsert` | boolean | Nein | Wenn true, überschreibt vorhandene Datei \(Standard: false\) |
+| `upsert` | boolean | Nein | Wenn true, wird die vorhandene Datei überschrieben \(Standard: false\) |
 | `apiKey` | string | Ja | Ihr Supabase Service Role Secret Key |
 
 #### Ausgabe

apps/docs/content/docs/de/tools/typeform.mdx

@@ -129,15 +129,18 @@ Vollständige Details und Struktur eines bestimmten Formulars abrufen
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `id` | string | Eindeutige Formular-ID |
+| `id` | string | Eindeutige Formularkennung |
 | `title` | string | Formulartitel |
 | `type` | string | Formulartyp \(form, quiz, etc.\) |
 | `settings` | object | Formulareinstellungen einschließlich Sprache, Fortschrittsbalken, etc. |
 | `theme` | object | Theme-Referenz |
 | `workspace` | object | Workspace-Referenz |
 | `fields` | array | Array von Formularfeldern/Fragen |
-| `welcome_screens` | array | Array von Begrüßungsbildschirmen |
-| `thankyou_screens` | array | Array von Dankesbildschirmen |
+| `welcome_screens` | array | Array von Willkommensbildschirmen \(leer, wenn keine konfiguriert\) |
+| `thankyou_screens` | array | Array von Danke-Bildschirmen |
+| `created_at` | string | Zeitstempel der Formularerstellung \(ISO-8601-Format\) |
+| `last_updated_at` | string | Zeitstempel der letzten Formularaktualisierung \(ISO-8601-Format\) |
+| `published_at` | string | Zeitstempel der Formularveröffentlichung \(ISO-8601-Format\) |
 | `_links` | object | Links zu verwandten Ressourcen einschließlich öffentlicher Formular-URL |
 
 ### `typeform_create_form`
@@ -163,7 +166,12 @@ Ein neues Formular mit Feldern und Einstellungen erstellen
 | `id` | string | Eindeutige Kennung des erstellten Formulars |
 | `title` | string | Formulartitel |
 | `type` | string | Formulartyp |
-| `fields` | array | Array der erstellten Formularfelder |
+| `settings` | object | Formulareinstellungsobjekt |
+| `theme` | object | Theme-Referenz |
+| `workspace` | object | Workspace-Referenz |
+| `fields` | array | Array von erstellten Formularfeldern \(leer, wenn keine hinzugefügt\) |
+| `welcome_screens` | array | Array von Willkommensbildschirmen \(leer, wenn keine konfiguriert\) |
+| `thankyou_screens` | array | Array von Danke-Bildschirmen |
 | `_links` | object | Links zu verwandten Ressourcen einschließlich öffentlicher Formular-URL |
 
 ### `typeform_update_form`
@@ -182,16 +190,7 @@ Ein bestehendes Formular mit JSON Patch-Operationen aktualisieren
 
 | Parameter | Typ | Beschreibung |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `id` | string | Eindeutige Kennung des aktualisierten Formulars |
-| `title` | string | Formulartitel |
-| `type` | string | Formulartyp |
-| `settings` | object | Formulareinstellungen |
-| `theme` | object | Theme-Referenz |
-| `workspace` | object | Workspace-Referenz |
-| `fields` | array | Array von Formularfeldern |
-| `welcome_screens` | array | Array von Begrüßungsbildschirmen |
-| `thankyou_screens` | array | Array von Dankesbildschirmen |
-| `_links` | object | Links zu verwandten Ressourcen |
+| `message` | string | Erfolgsbestätigungsnachricht |
 
 ### `typeform_delete_form`
 

apps/docs/content/docs/de/triggers/index.mdx

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Verwende den Start-Block für alles, was aus dem Editor, deploy-to-API oder depl
 
 <Cards>
   <Card title="Start" href="/triggers/start">
-    Einheitlicher Einstiegspunkt, der Editor-Ausführungen, API-Bereitstellungen und Chat-Bereitstellungen unterstützt
+    Einheitlicher Einstiegspunkt, der Editor-Ausführungen, API-Deployments und Chat-Deployments unterstützt
   </Card>
   <Card title="Webhook" href="/triggers/webhook">
     Externe Webhook-Payloads empfangen
@@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ Verwende den Start-Block für alles, was aus dem Editor, deploy-to-API oder depl
   <Card title="RSS Feed" href="/triggers/rss">
     RSS- und Atom-Feeds auf neue Inhalte überwachen
   </Card>
+  <Card title="Email Polling Groups" href="#email-polling-groups">
+    Team-Gmail- und Outlook-Postfächer überwachen
+  </Card>
 </Cards>
 
 ## Schneller Vergleich
@@ -43,6 +46,7 @@ Verwende den Start-Block für alles, was aus dem Editor, deploy-to-API oder depl
 | **Schedule** | Timer, der im Schedule-Block verwaltet wird |
 | **Webhook** | Bei eingehender HTTP-Anfrage |
 | **RSS Feed** | Neues Element im Feed veröffentlicht |
+| **Email Polling Groups** | Neue E-Mail in Team-Gmail- oder Outlook-Postfächern empfangen |
 
 > Der Start-Block stellt immer `input`, `conversationId` und `files` Felder bereit. Füge benutzerdefinierte Felder zum Eingabeformat für zusätzliche strukturierte Daten hinzu.
 
@@ -65,3 +69,25 @@ Wenn du im Editor auf **Run** klickst, wählt Sim automatisch aus, welcher Trigg
 Wenn dein Workflow mehrere Trigger hat, wird der Trigger mit der höchsten Priorität ausgeführt. Wenn du beispielsweise sowohl einen Start-Block als auch einen Webhook-Trigger hast, wird beim Klicken auf Run der Start-Block ausgeführt.
 
 **Externe Auslöser mit Mock-Payloads**: Wenn externe Auslöser (Webhooks und Integrationen) manuell ausgeführt werden, generiert Sim automatisch Mock-Payloads basierend auf der erwarteten Datenstruktur des Auslösers. Dies stellt sicher, dass nachgelagerte Blöcke während des Testens Variablen korrekt auflösen können.
+
+## E-Mail-Polling-Gruppen
+
+Polling-Gruppen ermöglichen es Ihnen, die Gmail- oder Outlook-Postfächer mehrerer Teammitglieder mit einem einzigen Trigger zu überwachen. Erfordert einen Team- oder Enterprise-Plan.
+
+**Erstellen einer Polling-Gruppe** (Admin/Owner)
+
+1. Gehen Sie zu **Einstellungen → E-Mail-Polling**
+2. Klicken Sie auf **Erstellen** und wählen Sie Gmail oder Outlook
+3. Geben Sie einen Namen für die Gruppe ein
+
+**Mitglieder einladen**
+
+1. Klicken Sie auf **Mitglieder hinzufügen** bei Ihrer Polling-Gruppe
+2. Geben Sie E-Mail-Adressen ein (durch Komma oder Zeilenumbruch getrennt oder ziehen Sie eine CSV-Datei per Drag & Drop)
+3. Klicken Sie auf **Einladungen senden**
+
+Eingeladene erhalten eine E-Mail mit einem Link, um ihr Konto zu verbinden. Sobald die Verbindung hergestellt ist, wird ihr Postfach automatisch in die Polling-Gruppe aufgenommen. Eingeladene müssen keine Mitglieder Ihrer Sim-Organisation sein.
+
+**Verwendung in einem Workflow**
+
+Wählen Sie beim Konfigurieren eines E-Mail-Triggers Ihre Polling-Gruppe aus dem Dropdown-Menü für Anmeldeinformationen anstelle eines einzelnen Kontos aus. Das System erstellt Webhooks für jedes Mitglied und leitet alle E-Mails durch Ihren Workflow.

apps/docs/content/docs/de/triggers/webhook.mdx

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Der generische Webhook-Block erstellt einen flexiblen Endpunkt, der beliebige Pa
 
 <div className="flex justify-center">
   <Image
-    src="/static/blocks/webhook.png"
+    src="/static/blocks/webhook-trigger.png"
     alt="Generische Webhook-Konfiguration"
     width={500}
     height={400}

apps/docs/content/docs/en/blocks/meta.json

@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
     "router",
     "variables",
     "wait",
+    "webhook",
     "workflow"
   ]
 }

apps/docs/content/docs/en/blocks/router.mdx

@@ -2,16 +2,15 @@
 title: Router
 ---
 
-import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
 import { Tab, Tabs } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/tabs'
 import { Image } from '@/components/ui/image'
 
-The Router block uses AI to intelligently route workflows based on content analysis. Unlike Condition blocks that use simple rules, Routers understand context and intent.
+The Router block uses AI to intelligently route workflows based on content analysis. Unlike Condition blocks that use simple rules, Routers understand context and intent. Each route you define creates a separate output port, allowing you to connect different paths to different downstream blocks.
 
 <div className="flex justify-center">
   <Image
     src="/static/blocks/router.png"
-    alt="Router Block with Multiple Paths"
+    alt="Router Block with Multiple Route Ports"
     width={500}
     height={400}
     className="my-6"
@@ -32,21 +31,23 @@ The Router block uses AI to intelligently route workflows based on content analy
 
 ## Configuration Options
 
-### Content/Prompt
+### Context
 
-The content or prompt that the Router will analyze to make routing decisions. This can be:
+The context that the Router will analyze to make routing decisions. This is the input data that gets evaluated against your route descriptions. It can be:
 
 - A direct user query or input
 - Output from a previous block
 - A system-generated message
+- Any text content that needs intelligent routing
 
-### Target Blocks
+### Routes
 
-The possible destination blocks that the Router can select from. The Router will automatically detect connected blocks, but you can also:
+Define the possible paths that the Router can take. Each route consists of:
 
-- Customize the descriptions of target blocks to improve routing accuracy
-- Specify routing criteria for each target block
-- Exclude certain blocks from being considered as routing targets
+- **Route Title**: A name for the route (e.g., "Sales", "Support", "Technical")
+- **Route Description**: A clear description of when this route should be selected (e.g., "Route here when the query is about pricing, purchasing, or sales inquiries")
+
+Each route you add creates a **separate output port** on the Router block. Connect each port to the appropriate downstream block for that route.
 
 ### Model Selection
 
@@ -66,8 +67,9 @@ Your API key for the selected LLM provider. This is securely stored and used for
 
 ## Outputs
 
-- **`<router.prompt>`**: Summary of the routing prompt
-- **`<router.selected_path>`**: Chosen destination block
+- **`<router.context>`**: The context that was analyzed
+- **`<router.selectedRoute>`**: The ID of the selected route
+- **`<router.selected_path>`**: Details of the chosen destination block
 - **`<router.tokens>`**: Token usage statistics
 - **`<router.cost>`**: Estimated routing cost
 - **`<router.model>`**: Model used for decision-making
@@ -75,26 +77,43 @@ Your API key for the selected LLM provider. This is securely stored and used for
 ## Example Use Cases
 
 **Customer Support Triage** - Route tickets to specialized departments
+
 ```
-Input (Ticket) → Router → Agent (Engineering) or Agent (Finance)
+Input (Ticket) → Router
+                  ├── [Sales Route] → Agent (Sales Team)
+                  ├── [Technical Route] → Agent (Engineering)
+                  └── [Billing Route] → Agent (Finance)
 ```
 
 **Content Classification** - Classify and route user-generated content
+
 ```
-Input (Feedback) → Router → Workflow (Product) or Workflow (Technical)
+Input (Feedback) → Router
+                    ├── [Product Feedback] → Workflow (Product Team)
+                    └── [Bug Report] → Workflow (Technical Team)
 ```
 
 **Lead Qualification** - Route leads based on qualification criteria
+
 ```
-Input (Lead) → Router → Agent (Enterprise Sales) or Workflow (Self-serve)
+Input (Lead) → Router
+                ├── [Enterprise] → Agent (Enterprise Sales)
+                └── [Self-serve] → Workflow (Automated Onboarding)
 ```
 
+## Error Handling
+
+When the Router cannot determine an appropriate route for the given context, it will route to the **error path** instead of arbitrarily selecting a route. This happens when:
+
+- The context doesn't clearly match any of the defined route descriptions
+- The AI determines that none of the available routes are appropriate
 
 ## Best Practices
 
-- **Provide clear target descriptions**: Help the Router understand when to select each destination with specific, detailed descriptions
-- **Use specific routing criteria**: Define clear conditions and examples for each path to improve accuracy
-- **Implement fallback paths**: Connect a default destination for when no specific path is appropriate
-- **Test with diverse inputs**: Ensure the Router handles various input types, edge cases, and unexpected content
-- **Monitor routing performance**: Review routing decisions regularly and refine criteria based on actual usage patterns
-- **Choose appropriate models**: Use models with strong reasoning capabilities for complex routing decisions
+- **Write clear route descriptions**: Each route description should clearly explain when that route should be selected. Be specific about the criteria.
+- **Make routes mutually exclusive**: When possible, ensure route descriptions don't overlap to prevent ambiguous routing decisions.
+- **Connect an error path**: Handle cases where no route matches by connecting an error handler for graceful fallback behavior.
+- **Use descriptive route titles**: Route titles appear in the workflow canvas, so make them meaningful for readability.
+- **Test with diverse inputs**: Ensure the Router handles various input types, edge cases, and unexpected content.
+- **Monitor routing performance**: Review routing decisions regularly and refine route descriptions based on actual usage patterns.
+- **Choose appropriate models**: Use models with strong reasoning capabilities for complex routing decisions.

apps/docs/content/docs/en/blocks/webhook.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+---
+title: Webhook
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+import { Image } from '@/components/ui/image'
+
+The Webhook block sends HTTP POST requests to external webhook endpoints with automatic webhook headers and optional HMAC signing.
+
+<div className="flex justify-center">
+  <Image
+    src="/static/blocks/webhook.png"
+    alt="Webhook Block"
+    width={500}
+    height={400}
+    className="my-6"
+  />
+</div>
+
+## Configuration
+
+### Webhook URL
+
+The destination endpoint for your webhook request. Supports both static URLs and dynamic values from other blocks.
+
+### Payload
+
+JSON data to send in the request body. Use the AI wand to generate payloads or reference workflow variables:
+
+```json
+{
+  "event": "workflow.completed",
+  "data": {
+    "result": "<agent.content>",
+    "timestamp": "<function.result>"
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Signing Secret
+
+Optional secret for HMAC-SHA256 payload signing. When provided, adds an `X-Webhook-Signature` header:
+
+```
+X-Webhook-Signature: t=1704067200000,v1=5d41402abc4b2a76b9719d911017c592...
+```
+
+To verify signatures, compute `HMAC-SHA256(secret, "${timestamp}.${body}")` and compare with the `v1` value.
+
+### Additional Headers
+
+Custom key-value headers to include with the request. These override any automatic headers with the same name.
+
+## Automatic Headers
+
+Every request includes these headers automatically:
+
+| Header | Description |
+|--------|-------------|
+| `Content-Type` | `application/json` |
+| `X-Webhook-Timestamp` | Unix timestamp in milliseconds |
+| `X-Delivery-ID` | Unique UUID for this delivery |
+| `Idempotency-Key` | Same as `X-Delivery-ID` for deduplication |
+
+## Outputs
+
+| Output | Type | Description |
+|--------|------|-------------|
+| `data` | json | Response body from the endpoint |
+| `status` | number | HTTP status code |
+| `headers` | object | Response headers |
+
+## Example Use Cases
+
+**Notify external services** - Send workflow results to Slack, Discord, or custom endpoints
+```
+Agent → Function (format) → Webhook (notify)
+```
+
+**Trigger external workflows** - Start processes in other systems when conditions are met
+```
+Condition (check) → Webhook (trigger) → Response
+```
+
+<Callout>
+The Webhook block always uses POST. For other HTTP methods or more control, use the [API block](/blocks/api).
+</Callout>

apps/docs/content/docs/en/enterprise/index.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+---
+title: Enterprise
+description: Enterprise features for business organizations
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+
+Sim Studio Enterprise provides advanced features for organizations with enhanced security, compliance, and management requirements.
+
+---
+
+## Access Control
+
+Define permission groups to control what features and integrations team members can use.
+
+### Features
+
+- **Allowed Model Providers** - Restrict which AI providers users can access (OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, etc.)
+- **Allowed Blocks** - Control which workflow blocks are available
+- **Platform Settings** - Hide Knowledge Base, disable MCP tools, disable custom tools, or disable invitations
+
+### Setup
+
+1. Navigate to **Settings** → **Access Control** in your workspace
+2. Create a permission group with your desired restrictions
+3. Add team members to the permission group
+
+<Callout type="info">
+  Users not assigned to any permission group have full access. Permission restrictions are enforced at both UI and execution time.
+</Callout>
+
+---
+
+## Single Sign-On (SSO)
+
+Enterprise authentication with SAML 2.0 and OIDC support for centralized identity management.
+
+### Supported Providers
+
+- Okta
+- Azure AD / Entra ID
+- Google Workspace
+- OneLogin
+- Any SAML 2.0 or OIDC provider
+
+### Setup
+
+1. Navigate to **Settings** → **SSO** in your workspace
+2. Choose your identity provider
+3. Configure the connection using your IdP's metadata
+4. Enable SSO for your organization
+
+<Callout type="info">
+  Once SSO is enabled, team members authenticate through your identity provider instead of email/password.
+</Callout>
+
+---
+
+## Self-Hosted Configuration
+
+For self-hosted deployments, enterprise features can be enabled via environment variables without requiring billing.
+
+### Environment Variables
+
+| Variable | Description |
+|----------|-------------|
+| `ORGANIZATIONS_ENABLED`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_ORGANIZATIONS_ENABLED` | Enable team/organization management |
+| `ACCESS_CONTROL_ENABLED`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_ACCESS_CONTROL_ENABLED` | Permission groups for access restrictions |
+| `SSO_ENABLED`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_SSO_ENABLED` | Single Sign-On with SAML/OIDC |
+| `CREDENTIAL_SETS_ENABLED`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_CREDENTIAL_SETS_ENABLED` | Polling Groups for email triggers |
+| `DISABLE_INVITATIONS`, `NEXT_PUBLIC_DISABLE_INVITATIONS` | Globally disable workspace/organization invitations |
+
+### Organization Management
+
+When billing is disabled, use the Admin API to manage organizations:
+
+```bash
+# Create an organization
+curl -X POST https://your-instance/api/v1/admin/organizations \
+  -H "x-admin-key: YOUR_ADMIN_API_KEY" \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{"name": "My Organization", "ownerId": "user-id-here"}'
+
+# Add a member
+curl -X POST https://your-instance/api/v1/admin/organizations/{orgId}/members \
+  -H "x-admin-key: YOUR_ADMIN_API_KEY" \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{"userId": "user-id-here", "role": "admin"}'
+```
+
+### Workspace Members
+
+When invitations are disabled, use the Admin API to manage workspace memberships directly:
+
+```bash
+# Add a user to a workspace
+curl -X POST https://your-instance/api/v1/admin/workspaces/{workspaceId}/members \
+  -H "x-admin-key: YOUR_ADMIN_API_KEY" \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{"userId": "user-id-here", "permissions": "write"}'
+
+# Remove a user from a workspace
+curl -X DELETE "https://your-instance/api/v1/admin/workspaces/{workspaceId}/members?userId=user-id-here" \
+  -H "x-admin-key: YOUR_ADMIN_API_KEY"
+```
+
+### Notes
+
+- Enabling `ACCESS_CONTROL_ENABLED` automatically enables organizations, as access control requires organization membership.
+- When `DISABLE_INVITATIONS` is set, users cannot send invitations. Use the Admin API to manage workspace and organization memberships instead.

apps/docs/content/docs/en/execution/costs.mdx

@@ -48,40 +48,40 @@ The model breakdown shows:
 
 <Tabs items={['Hosted Models', 'Bring Your Own API Key']}>
   <Tab>
-    **Hosted Models** - Sim provides API keys with a 2x pricing multiplier:
+    **Hosted Models** - Sim provides API keys with a 1.4x pricing multiplier for Agent blocks:
 
     **OpenAI**
     | Model | Base Price (Input/Output) | Hosted Price (Input/Output) |
     |-------|---------------------------|----------------------------|
-    | GPT-5.1 | $1.25 / $10.00 | $2.50 / $20.00 |
-    | GPT-5 | $1.25 / $10.00 | $2.50 / $20.00 |
-    | GPT-5 Mini | $0.25 / $2.00 | $0.50 / $4.00 |
-    | GPT-5 Nano | $0.05 / $0.40 | $0.10 / $0.80 |
-    | GPT-4o | $2.50 / $10.00 | $5.00 / $20.00 |
-    | GPT-4.1 | $2.00 / $8.00 | $4.00 / $16.00 |
-    | GPT-4.1 Mini | $0.40 / $1.60 | $0.80 / $3.20 |
-    | GPT-4.1 Nano | $0.10 / $0.40 | $0.20 / $0.80 |
-    | o1 | $15.00 / $60.00 | $30.00 / $120.00 |
-    | o3 | $2.00 / $8.00 | $4.00 / $16.00 |
-    | o4 Mini | $1.10 / $4.40 | $2.20 / $8.80 |
+    | GPT-5.1 | $1.25 / $10.00 | $1.75 / $14.00 |
+    | GPT-5 | $1.25 / $10.00 | $1.75 / $14.00 |
+    | GPT-5 Mini | $0.25 / $2.00 | $0.35 / $2.80 |
+    | GPT-5 Nano | $0.05 / $0.40 | $0.07 / $0.56 |
+    | GPT-4o | $2.50 / $10.00 | $3.50 / $14.00 |
+    | GPT-4.1 | $2.00 / $8.00 | $2.80 / $11.20 |
+    | GPT-4.1 Mini | $0.40 / $1.60 | $0.56 / $2.24 |
+    | GPT-4.1 Nano | $0.10 / $0.40 | $0.14 / $0.56 |
+    | o1 | $15.00 / $60.00 | $21.00 / $84.00 |
+    | o3 | $2.00 / $8.00 | $2.80 / $11.20 |
+    | o4 Mini | $1.10 / $4.40 | $1.54 / $6.16 |
 
     **Anthropic**
     | Model | Base Price (Input/Output) | Hosted Price (Input/Output) |
     |-------|---------------------------|----------------------------|
-    | Claude Opus 4.5 | $5.00 / $25.00 | $10.00 / $50.00 |
-    | Claude Opus 4.1 | $15.00 / $75.00 | $30.00 / $150.00 |
-    | Claude Sonnet 4.5 | $3.00 / $15.00 | $6.00 / $30.00 |
-    | Claude Sonnet 4.0 | $3.00 / $15.00 | $6.00 / $30.00 |
-    | Claude Haiku 4.5 | $1.00 / $5.00 | $2.00 / $10.00 |
+    | Claude Opus 4.5 | $5.00 / $25.00 | $7.00 / $35.00 |
+    | Claude Opus 4.1 | $15.00 / $75.00 | $21.00 / $105.00 |
+    | Claude Sonnet 4.5 | $3.00 / $15.00 | $4.20 / $21.00 |
+    | Claude Sonnet 4.0 | $3.00 / $15.00 | $4.20 / $21.00 |
+    | Claude Haiku 4.5 | $1.00 / $5.00 | $1.40 / $7.00 |
 
     **Google**
     | Model | Base Price (Input/Output) | Hosted Price (Input/Output) |
     |-------|---------------------------|----------------------------|
-    | Gemini 3 Pro Preview | $2.00 / $12.00 | $4.00 / $24.00 |
-    | Gemini 2.5 Pro | $1.25 / $10.00 | $2.50 / $20.00 |
-    | Gemini 2.5 Flash | $0.30 / $2.50 | $0.60 / $5.00 |
+    | Gemini 3 Pro Preview | $2.00 / $12.00 | $2.80 / $16.80 |
+    | Gemini 2.5 Pro | $1.25 / $10.00 | $1.75 / $14.00 |
+    | Gemini 2.5 Flash | $0.30 / $2.50 | $0.42 / $3.50 |
 
-    *The 2x multiplier covers infrastructure and API management costs.*
+    *The 1.4x multiplier covers infrastructure and API management costs.*
   </Tab>
 
   <Tab>
@@ -106,7 +106,28 @@ The model breakdown shows:
 
 ## Bring Your Own Key (BYOK)
 
-You can use your own API keys for hosted models (OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, Mistral) in **Settings → BYOK** to pay base prices. Keys are encrypted and apply workspace-wide.
+Use your own API keys for AI model providers instead of Sim Studio's hosted keys to pay base prices with no markup.
+
+### Supported Providers
+
+| Provider | Usage |
+|----------|-------|
+| OpenAI | Knowledge Base embeddings, Agent block |
+| Anthropic | Agent block |
+| Google | Agent block |
+| Mistral | Knowledge Base OCR |
+
+### Setup
+
+1. Navigate to **Settings** → **BYOK** in your workspace
+2. Click **Add Key** for your provider
+3. Enter your API key and save
+
+<Callout type="info">
+  BYOK keys are encrypted at rest. Only workspace admins can manage keys.
+</Callout>
+
+When configured, workflows use your key instead of Sim Studio's hosted keys. If removed, workflows automatically fall back to hosted keys with the multiplier.
 
 ## Cost Optimization Strategies
 

apps/docs/content/docs/en/execution/form.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+---
+title: Form Deployment
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+import { Tab, Tabs } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/tabs'
+
+Deploy your workflow as an embeddable form that users can fill out on your website or share via link. Form submissions trigger your workflow with the `form` trigger type.
+
+## Overview
+
+Form deployment turns your workflow's Input Format into a responsive form that can be:
+- Shared via a direct link (e.g., `https://sim.ai/form/my-survey`)
+- Embedded in any website using an iframe
+
+When a user submits the form, it triggers your workflow with the form data.
+
+<Callout type="info">
+Forms derive their fields from your workflow's Start block Input Format. Each field becomes a form input with the appropriate type.
+</Callout>
+
+## Creating a Form
+
+1. Open your workflow and click **Deploy**
+2. Select the **Form** tab
+3. Configure:
+   - **URL**: Unique identifier (e.g., `contact-form` → `sim.ai/form/contact-form`)
+   - **Title**: Form heading
+   - **Description**: Optional subtitle
+   - **Form Fields**: Customize labels and descriptions for each field
+   - **Authentication**: Public, password-protected, or email whitelist
+   - **Thank You Message**: Shown after submission
+4. Click **Launch**
+
+## Field Type Mapping
+
+| Input Format Type | Form Field |
+|------------------|------------|
+| `string` | Text input |
+| `number` | Number input |
+| `boolean` | Toggle switch |
+| `object` | JSON editor |
+| `array` | JSON array editor |
+| `files` | File upload |
+
+## Access Control
+
+| Mode | Description |
+|------|-------------|
+| **Public** | Anyone with the link can submit |
+| **Password** | Users must enter a password |
+| **Email Whitelist** | Only specified emails/domains can submit |
+
+For email whitelist:
+- Exact: `user@example.com`
+- Domain: `@example.com` (all emails from domain)
+
+## Embedding
+
+### Direct Link
+
+```
+https://sim.ai/form/your-identifier
+```
+
+### Iframe
+
+```html
+<iframe
+  src="https://sim.ai/form/your-identifier"
+  width="100%"
+  height="600"
+  frameborder="0"
+  title="Form"
+></iframe>
+```
+
+## API Submission
+
+Submit forms programmatically:
+
+<Tabs items={['cURL', 'TypeScript']}>
+  <Tab value="cURL">
+```bash
+curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/form/your-identifier \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{
+    "formData": {
+      "name": "John Doe",
+      "email": "john@example.com"
+    }
+  }'
+```
+  </Tab>
+  <Tab value="TypeScript">
+```typescript
+const response = await fetch('https://sim.ai/api/form/your-identifier', {
+  method: 'POST',
+  headers: { 'Content-Type': 'application/json' },
+  body: JSON.stringify({
+    formData: {
+      name: 'John Doe',
+      email: 'john@example.com'
+    }
+  })
+});
+
+const result = await response.json();
+// { success: true, data: { executionId: '...' } }
+```
+  </Tab>
+</Tabs>
+
+### Protected Forms
+
+For password-protected forms:
+```bash
+curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/form/your-identifier \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{ "password": "secret", "formData": { "name": "John" } }'
+```
+
+For email-protected forms:
+```bash
+curl -X POST https://sim.ai/api/form/your-identifier \
+  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
+  -d '{ "email": "allowed@example.com", "formData": { "name": "John" } }'
+```
+
+## Troubleshooting
+
+**"No input fields configured"** - Add Input Format fields to your Start block.
+
+**Form not loading in iframe** - Check your site's CSP allows iframes from `sim.ai`.
+
+**Submissions failing** - Verify the identifier is correct and required fields are filled.

apps/docs/content/docs/en/execution/meta.json

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 {
-  "pages": ["index", "basics", "api", "logging", "costs"]
+  "pages": ["index", "basics", "api", "form", "logging", "costs"]
 }

apps/docs/content/docs/en/keyboard-shortcuts/index.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+---
+title: Keyboard Shortcuts
+description: Master the workflow canvas with keyboard shortcuts and mouse controls
+---
+
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+
+Speed up your workflow building with these keyboard shortcuts and mouse controls. All shortcuts work when the canvas is focused (not when typing in an input field).
+
+<Callout type="info">
+  **Mod** refers to `Cmd` on macOS and `Ctrl` on Windows/Linux.
+</Callout>
+
+## Canvas Controls
+
+### Mouse Controls
+
+| Action | Control |
+|--------|---------|
+| Pan/move canvas | Left-drag on empty space |
+| Pan/move canvas | Scroll or trackpad |
+| Select multiple blocks | Right-drag to draw selection box |
+| Drag block | Left-drag on block header |
+| Add to selection | `Mod` + click on blocks |
+
+### Workflow Actions
+
+| Shortcut | Action |
+|----------|--------|
+| `Mod` + `Enter` | Run workflow (or cancel if running) |
+| `Mod` + `Z` | Undo |
+| `Mod` + `Shift` + `Z` | Redo |
+| `Mod` + `C` | Copy selected blocks |
+| `Mod` + `V` | Paste blocks |
+| `Delete` or `Backspace` | Delete selected blocks or edges |
+| `Shift` + `L` | Auto-layout canvas |
+
+## Panel Navigation
+
+These shortcuts switch between panel tabs on the right side of the canvas.
+
+| Shortcut | Action |
+|----------|--------|
+| `C` | Focus Copilot tab |
+| `T` | Focus Toolbar tab |
+| `E` | Focus Editor tab |
+| `Mod` + `F` | Focus Toolbar search |
+
+## Global Navigation
+
+| Shortcut | Action |
+|----------|--------|
+| `Mod` + `K` | Open search |
+| `Mod` + `Shift` + `A` | Add new agent workflow |
+| `Mod` + `Y` | Go to templates |
+| `Mod` + `L` | Go to logs |
+
+## Utility
+
+| Shortcut | Action |
+|----------|--------|
+| `Mod` + `D` | Clear terminal console |
+| `Mod` + `E` | Clear notifications |
+

apps/docs/content/docs/en/mcp/deploy-workflows.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+---
+title: Deploy Workflows as MCP
+description: Expose your workflows as MCP tools for external AI assistants and applications
+---
+
+import { Video } from '@/components/ui/video'
+import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
+
+Deploy your workflows as MCP tools to make them accessible to external AI assistants like Claude Desktop, Cursor, and other MCP-compatible clients. This turns your workflows into callable tools that can be invoked from anywhere.
+
+## Creating and Managing MCP Servers
+
+MCP servers group your workflow tools together. Create and manage them in workspace settings:
+
+<div className="mx-auto w-full overflow-hidden rounded-lg">
+  <Video src="mcp/mcp-server.mp4" width={700} height={450} />
+</div>
+
+1. Navigate to **Settings → Deployed MCPs**
+2. Click **Create Server**
+3. Enter a name and optional description
+4. Copy the server URL for use in your MCP clients
+5. View and manage all tools added to the server
+
+## Adding a Workflow as a Tool
+
+Once your workflow is deployed, you can expose it as an MCP tool:
+
+<div className="mx-auto w-full overflow-hidden rounded-lg">
+  <Video src="mcp/mcp-deploy-tool.mp4" width={700} height={450} />
+</div>
+
+1. Open your deployed workflow
+2. Click **Deploy** and go to the **MCP** tab
+3. Configure the tool name and description
+4. Add descriptions for each parameter (helps AI understand inputs)
+5. Select which MCP servers to add it to
+
+<Callout type="info">
+The workflow must be deployed before it can be added as an MCP tool.
+</Callout>
+
+## Tool Configuration
+
+### Tool Name
+Use lowercase letters, numbers, and underscores. The name should be descriptive and follow MCP naming conventions (e.g., `search_documents`, `send_email`).
+
+### Description
+Write a clear description of what the tool does. This helps AI assistants understand when to use the tool.
+
+### Parameters
+Your workflow's input format fields become tool parameters. Add descriptions to each parameter to help AI assistants provide correct values.
+
+## Connecting MCP Clients
+
+Use the server URL from settings to connect external applications:
+
+### Claude Desktop
+Add to your Claude Desktop config (`~/Library/Application Support/Claude/claude_desktop_config.json`):
+
+```json
+{
+  "mcpServers": {
+    "my-sim-workflows": {
+      "command": "npx",
+      "args": ["-y", "mcp-remote", "YOUR_SERVER_URL"]
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Cursor
+Add the server URL in Cursor's MCP settings using the same mcp-remote pattern.
+
+<Callout type="warn">
+Include your API key header (`X-API-Key`) for authenticated access when using mcp-remote or other HTTP-based MCP transports.
+</Callout>
+
+## Server Management
+
+From the server detail view in **Settings → Deployed MCPs**, you can:
+
+- **View tools**: See all workflows added to a server
+- **Copy URL**: Get the server URL for MCP clients
+- **Add workflows**: Add more deployed workflows as tools
+- **Remove tools**: Remove workflows from the server
+- **Delete server**: Remove the entire server and all its tools
+
+## How It Works
+
+When an MCP client calls your tool:
+
+1. The request is received at your MCP server URL
+2. Sim validates the request and maps parameters to workflow inputs
+3. The deployed workflow executes with the provided inputs
+4. Results are returned to the MCP client
+
+Workflows execute using the same deployment version as API calls, ensuring consistent behavior.
+
+## Permission Requirements
+
+| Action | Required Permission |
+|--------|-------------------|
+| Create MCP servers | **Admin** |
+| Add workflows to servers | **Write** or **Admin** |
+| View MCP servers | **Read**, **Write**, or **Admin** |
+| Delete MCP servers | **Admin** |
+

apps/docs/content/docs/en/mcp/index.mdx

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 ---
-title: MCP (Model Context Protocol)
+title: Using MCP Tools
+description: Connect external tools and services using the Model Context Protocol
 ---
 
 import { Image } from '@/components/ui/image'
+import { Video } from '@/components/ui/video'
 import { Callout } from 'fumadocs-ui/components/callout'
 
 The Model Context Protocol ([MCP](https://modelcontextprotocol.com/)) allows you to connect external tools and services using a standardized protocol, enabling you to integrate APIs and services directly into your workflows. With MCP, you can extend Sim's capabilities by adding custom integrations that work seamlessly with your agents and workflows.
@@ -20,18 +22,12 @@ MCP is an open standard that enables AI assistants to securely connect to extern
 
 MCP servers provide collections of tools that your agents can use. Configure them in workspace settings:
 
-<div className="flex justify-center">
-  <Image
-    src="/static/blocks/mcp-1.png"
-    alt="Configuring MCP Server in Settings"
-    width={700}
-    height={450}
-    className="my-6"
-  />
+<div className="mx-auto w-full overflow-hidden rounded-lg">
+  <Video src="mcp/settings-mcp-tools.mp4" width={700} height={450} />
 </div>
 
 1. Navigate to your workspace settings
-2. Go to the **MCP Servers** section
+2. Go to the **Deployed MCPs** section
 3. Click **Add MCP Server**
 4. Enter the server configuration details
 5. Save the configuration
@@ -40,6 +36,10 @@ MCP servers provide collections of tools that your agents can use. Configure the
 You can also configure MCP servers directly from the toolbar in an Agent block for quick setup.
 </Callout>
 
+### Refresh Tools
+
+Click **Refresh** on a server to fetch the latest tool schemas and automatically update any agent blocks using those tools with the new parameter definitions.
+
 ## Using MCP Tools in Agents
 
 Once MCP servers are configured, their tools become available within your agent blocks:

apps/docs/content/docs/en/mcp/meta.json

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+{
+  "title": "MCP",
+  "pages": ["index", "deploy-workflows"],
+  "defaultOpen": false
+}

apps/docs/content/docs/en/meta.json

@@ -14,7 +14,9 @@
     "execution",
     "permissions",
     "sdks",
-    "self-hosting"
+    "self-hosting",
+    "./enterprise/index",
+    "./keyboard-shortcuts/index"
   ],
   "defaultOpen": false
 }

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/ahrefs.mdx

@@ -198,8 +198,3 @@ Get a list of broken backlinks pointing to a target domain or URL. Useful for id
 | `brokenBacklinks` | array | List of broken backlinks |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `ahrefs`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/airtable.mdx

@@ -128,8 +128,3 @@ Update multiple existing records in an Airtable table
 | `records` | json | Array of updated Airtable records |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `airtable`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/apify.mdx

@@ -86,8 +86,3 @@ Run an APIFY actor asynchronously with polling for long-running tasks
 | `items` | array | Dataset items \(if completed\) |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `apify`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/apollo.mdx

@@ -61,7 +61,9 @@ Search Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `people` | json | Array of people matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `page` | number | Current page number |
+| `per_page` | number | Results per page |
+| `total_entries` | number | Total matching entries |
 
 ### `apollo_people_enrich`
 
@@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ Enrich data for a single person using Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `person` | json | Enriched person data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Enrichment metadata including enriched status |
+| `enriched` | boolean | Whether the person was successfully enriched |
 
 ### `apollo_people_bulk_enrich`
 
@@ -106,7 +108,8 @@ Enrich data for up to 10 people at once using Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `people` | json | Array of enriched people data |
-| `metadata` | json | Bulk enrichment metadata including total and enriched counts |
+| `total` | number | Total number of people processed |
+| `enriched` | number | Number of people successfully enriched |
 
 ### `apollo_organization_search`
 
@@ -129,7 +132,9 @@ Search Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `organizations` | json | Array of organizations matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `page` | number | Current page number |
+| `per_page` | number | Results per page |
+| `total_entries` | number | Total matching entries |
 
 ### `apollo_organization_enrich`
 
@@ -148,7 +153,7 @@ Enrich data for a single organization using Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `organization` | json | Enriched organization data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Enrichment metadata including enriched status |
+| `enriched` | boolean | Whether the organization was successfully enriched |
 
 ### `apollo_organization_bulk_enrich`
 
@@ -166,7 +171,8 @@ Enrich data for up to 10 organizations at once using Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `organizations` | json | Array of enriched organization data |
-| `metadata` | json | Bulk enrichment metadata including total and enriched counts |
+| `total` | number | Total number of organizations processed |
+| `enriched` | number | Number of organizations successfully enriched |
 
 ### `apollo_contact_create`
 
@@ -189,7 +195,7 @@ Create a new contact in your Apollo database
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contact` | json | Created contact data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Creation metadata including created status |
+| `created` | boolean | Whether the contact was successfully created |
 
 ### `apollo_contact_update`
 
@@ -213,7 +219,7 @@ Update an existing contact in your Apollo database
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contact` | json | Updated contact data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Update metadata including updated status |
+| `updated` | boolean | Whether the contact was successfully updated |
 
 ### `apollo_contact_search`
 
@@ -234,7 +240,7 @@ Search your team
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contacts` | json | Array of contacts matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `pagination` | json | Pagination information |
 
 ### `apollo_contact_bulk_create`
 
@@ -254,7 +260,9 @@ Create up to 100 contacts at once in your Apollo database. Supports deduplicatio
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `created_contacts` | json | Array of newly created contacts |
 | `existing_contacts` | json | Array of existing contacts \(when deduplication is enabled\) |
-| `metadata` | json | Bulk creation metadata including counts of created and existing contacts |
+| `total_submitted` | number | Total number of contacts submitted |
+| `created` | number | Number of contacts successfully created |
+| `existing` | number | Number of existing contacts found |
 
 ### `apollo_contact_bulk_update`
 
@@ -273,7 +281,9 @@ Update up to 100 existing contacts at once in your Apollo database. Each contact
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `updated_contacts` | json | Array of successfully updated contacts |
 | `failed_contacts` | json | Array of contacts that failed to update |
-| `metadata` | json | Bulk update metadata including counts of updated and failed contacts |
+| `total_submitted` | number | Total number of contacts submitted |
+| `updated` | number | Number of contacts successfully updated |
+| `failed` | number | Number of contacts that failed to update |
 
 ### `apollo_account_create`
 
@@ -294,7 +304,7 @@ Create a new account (company) in your Apollo database
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `account` | json | Created account data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Creation metadata including created status |
+| `created` | boolean | Whether the account was successfully created |
 
 ### `apollo_account_update`
 
@@ -316,7 +326,7 @@ Update an existing account in your Apollo database
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `account` | json | Updated account data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Update metadata including updated status |
+| `updated` | boolean | Whether the account was successfully updated |
 
 ### `apollo_account_search`
 
@@ -338,7 +348,7 @@ Search your team
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `accounts` | json | Array of accounts matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `pagination` | json | Pagination information |
 
 ### `apollo_account_bulk_create`
 
@@ -357,7 +367,9 @@ Create up to 100 accounts at once in your Apollo database. Note: Apollo does not
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `created_accounts` | json | Array of newly created accounts |
 | `failed_accounts` | json | Array of accounts that failed to create |
-| `metadata` | json | Bulk creation metadata including counts of created and failed accounts |
+| `total_submitted` | number | Total number of accounts submitted |
+| `created` | number | Number of accounts successfully created |
+| `failed` | number | Number of accounts that failed to create |
 
 ### `apollo_account_bulk_update`
 
@@ -376,7 +388,9 @@ Update up to 1000 existing accounts at once in your Apollo database (higher limi
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `updated_accounts` | json | Array of successfully updated accounts |
 | `failed_accounts` | json | Array of accounts that failed to update |
-| `metadata` | json | Bulk update metadata including counts of updated and failed accounts |
+| `total_submitted` | number | Total number of accounts submitted |
+| `updated` | number | Number of accounts successfully updated |
+| `failed` | number | Number of accounts that failed to update |
 
 ### `apollo_opportunity_create`
 
@@ -400,7 +414,7 @@ Create a new deal for an account in your Apollo database (master key required)
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `opportunity` | json | Created opportunity data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Creation metadata including created status |
+| `created` | boolean | Whether the opportunity was successfully created |
 
 ### `apollo_opportunity_search`
 
@@ -423,7 +437,9 @@ Search and list all deals/opportunities in your team
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `opportunities` | json | Array of opportunities matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `page` | number | Current page number |
+| `per_page` | number | Results per page |
+| `total_entries` | number | Total matching entries |
 
 ### `apollo_opportunity_get`
 
@@ -441,7 +457,7 @@ Retrieve complete details of a specific deal/opportunity by ID
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `opportunity` | json | Complete opportunity data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Retrieval metadata including found status |
+| `found` | boolean | Whether the opportunity was found |
 
 ### `apollo_opportunity_update`
 
@@ -465,7 +481,7 @@ Update an existing deal/opportunity in your Apollo database
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `opportunity` | json | Updated opportunity data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Update metadata including updated status |
+| `updated` | boolean | Whether the opportunity was successfully updated |
 
 ### `apollo_sequence_search`
 
@@ -486,7 +502,9 @@ Search for sequences/campaigns in your team
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `sequences` | json | Array of sequences/campaigns matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `page` | number | Current page number |
+| `per_page` | number | Results per page |
+| `total_entries` | number | Total matching entries |
 
 ### `apollo_sequence_add_contacts`
 
@@ -507,7 +525,8 @@ Add contacts to an Apollo sequence
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contacts_added` | json | Array of contact IDs added to the sequence |
-| `metadata` | json | Sequence metadata including sequence_id and total_added count |
+| `sequence_id` | string | ID of the sequence contacts were added to |
+| `total_added` | number | Total number of contacts added |
 
 ### `apollo_task_create`
 
@@ -530,7 +549,7 @@ Create a new task in Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `task` | json | Created task data from Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Creation metadata including created status |
+| `created` | boolean | Whether the task was successfully created |
 
 ### `apollo_task_search`
 
@@ -552,7 +571,7 @@ Search for tasks in Apollo
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `tasks` | json | Array of tasks matching the search criteria |
-| `metadata` | json | Pagination information including page, per_page, and total_entries |
+| `pagination` | json | Pagination information |
 
 ### `apollo_email_accounts`
 
@@ -569,11 +588,6 @@ Get list of team
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `email_accounts` | json | Array of team email accounts linked in Apollo |
-| `metadata` | json | Metadata including total count of email accounts |
+| `total` | number | Total count of email accounts |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `apollo`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/arxiv.mdx

@@ -87,8 +87,3 @@ Search for papers by a specific author on ArXiv.
 | `authorPapers` | json | Array of papers authored by the specified author |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `arxiv`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/asana.mdx

@@ -162,8 +162,3 @@ Add a comment (story) to an Asana task
 | `created_by` | object | Comment author details |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `asana`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/browser_use.mdx

@@ -58,8 +58,3 @@ Runs a browser automation task using BrowserUse
 | `steps` | json | Execution steps taken |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `browser_use`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/calendly.mdx

@@ -170,8 +170,3 @@ Cancel a scheduled event
 | `resource` | object | Cancellation details |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `calendly`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/circleback.mdx

@@ -57,8 +57,3 @@ Receive meeting notes, action items, transcripts, and recordings when meetings a
 
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `triggers`
-- Type: `circleback`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/clay.mdx

@@ -63,8 +63,3 @@ Populate Clay with data from a JSON file. Enables direct communication and notif
 | `metadata` | object | Webhook response metadata |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `clay`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/confluence.mdx

@@ -354,8 +354,3 @@ List all Confluence spaces accessible to the user.
 | `spaces` | array | List of spaces |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `confluence`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/cursor.mdx

@@ -1,49 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Cursor
-description: Launch and manage Cursor cloud agents to work on GitHub repositories
+description: Agent identifier
 ---
 
 import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
 
 <BlockInfoCard 
-  type="cursor"
-  color="#1E1E1E"
+  type="cursor_v2"
+  color="#F5F5F5"
 />
 
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
-[Cursor](https://www.cursor.so/) is an AI IDE and cloud-based platform that lets you launch and manage powerful AI agents able to work directly on your GitHub repositories. Cursor agents can automate development tasks, enhance your team's productivity, and collaborate with you by making code changes, responding to natural language instructions, and maintaining conversation history about their activities.
-
-With Cursor, you can:
-
-- **Launch cloud agents for codebases**: Instantly create new AI agents that work on your repositories in the cloud
-- **Delegate coding tasks using natural language**: Guide agents with written instructions, amendments, and clarifications
-- **Monitor progress and outputs**: Retrieve agent status, view detailed results, and inspect current or completed tasks
-- **Access full conversation history**: Review all prompts and AI responses for transparency and auditability
-- **Control and manage agent lifecycle**: List active agents, terminate agents, and manage API-based agent launches and follow-ups
-
-In Sim, the Cursor integration enables your agents and workflows to interact programmatically with Cursor cloud agents. This means you can use Sim to:
-
-- List all cloud agents and browse their current state (`cursor_list_agents`)
-- Retrieve up-to-date status and outputs for any agent (`cursor_get_agent`)
-- View the full conversation history for any coding agent (`cursor_get_conversation`)
-- Add follow-up instructions or new prompts to a running agent
-- Manage and terminate agents as needed
-
-This integration helps you combine the flexible intelligence of Sim agents with the powerful development automation capabilities of Cursor, making it possible to scale AI-driven development across your projects.
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
-
-
-## Usage Instructions
-
-Interact with Cursor Cloud Agents API to launch AI agents that can work on your GitHub repositories. Supports launching agents, adding follow-up instructions, checking status, viewing conversations, and managing agent lifecycle.
-
 
 
 ## Tools
 
 ### `cursor_list_agents`
 
-List all cloud agents for the authenticated user with optional pagination.
+List all cloud agents for the authenticated user with optional pagination. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -57,12 +30,12 @@ List all cloud agents for the authenticated user with optional pagination.
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Human-readable list of agents |
-| `metadata` | object | Agent list metadata |
+| `agents` | array | Array of agent objects |
+| `nextCursor` | string | Pagination cursor for next page |
 
 ### `cursor_get_agent`
 
-Retrieve the current status and results of a cloud agent.
+Retrieve the current status and results of a cloud agent. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -75,12 +48,17 @@ Retrieve the current status and results of a cloud agent.
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Human-readable agent details |
-| `metadata` | object | Agent metadata |
+| `id` | string | Agent ID |
+| `name` | string | Agent name |
+| `status` | string | Agent status |
+| `source` | json | Source repository info |
+| `target` | json | Target branch/PR info |
+| `summary` | string | Agent summary |
+| `createdAt` | string | Creation timestamp |
 
 ### `cursor_get_conversation`
 
-Retrieve the conversation history of a cloud agent, including all user prompts and assistant responses.
+Retrieve the conversation history of a cloud agent, including all user prompts and assistant responses. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -93,12 +71,12 @@ Retrieve the conversation history of a cloud agent, including all user prompts a
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Human-readable conversation history |
-| `metadata` | object | Conversation metadata |
+| `id` | string | Agent ID |
+| `messages` | array | Array of conversation messages |
 
 ### `cursor_launch_agent`
 
-Start a new cloud agent to work on a GitHub repository with the given instructions.
+Start a new cloud agent to work on a GitHub repository with the given instructions. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -119,12 +97,12 @@ Start a new cloud agent to work on a GitHub repository with the given instructio
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message with agent details |
-| `metadata` | object | Launch result metadata |
+| `id` | string | Agent ID |
+| `url` | string | Agent URL |
 
 ### `cursor_add_followup`
 
-Add a follow-up instruction to an existing cloud agent.
+Add a follow-up instruction to an existing cloud agent. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -139,12 +117,11 @@ Add a follow-up instruction to an existing cloud agent.
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Result metadata |
+| `id` | string | Agent ID |
 
 ### `cursor_stop_agent`
 
-Stop a running cloud agent. This pauses the agent without deleting it.
+Stop a running cloud agent. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -157,12 +134,11 @@ Stop a running cloud agent. This pauses the agent without deleting it.
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Result metadata |
+| `id` | string | Agent ID |
 
 ### `cursor_delete_agent`
 
-Permanently delete a cloud agent. This action cannot be undone.
+Permanently delete a cloud agent. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -175,12 +151,6 @@ Permanently delete a cloud agent. This action cannot be undone.
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Result metadata |
+| `id` | string | Agent ID |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `cursor`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/datadog.mdx

@@ -300,8 +300,3 @@ Cancel a scheduled downtime.
 | `success` | boolean | Whether the downtime was successfully canceled |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `datadog`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/discord.mdx

@@ -735,8 +735,3 @@ Delete a Discord webhook
 | `message` | string | Success or error message |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `discord`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/dropbox.mdx

@@ -217,8 +217,3 @@ Search for files and folders in Dropbox
 | `matches` | array | Search results |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `dropbox`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/duckduckgo.mdx

@@ -61,8 +61,3 @@ Search the web using DuckDuckGo Instant Answers API. Returns instant answers, ab
 | `relatedTopics` | array | Array of related topics with URLs and descriptions |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `duckduckgo`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/dynamodb.mdx

@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ This integration empowers Sim agents to automate data management tasks within yo
 
 ## Usage Instructions
 
-Integrate Amazon DynamoDB into workflows. Supports Get, Put, Query, Scan, Update, and Delete operations on DynamoDB tables.
+Integrate Amazon DynamoDB into workflows. Supports Get, Put, Query, Scan, Update, Delete, and Introspect operations on DynamoDB tables.
 
 
 
@@ -185,9 +185,25 @@ Delete an item from a DynamoDB table
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `message` | string | Operation status message |
 
+### `dynamodb_introspect`
+
+Introspect DynamoDB to list tables or get detailed schema information for a specific table
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `region` | string | Yes | AWS region \(e.g., us-east-1\) |
+| `accessKeyId` | string | Yes | AWS access key ID |
+| `secretAccessKey` | string | Yes | AWS secret access key |
+| `tableName` | string | No | Optional table name to get detailed schema. If not provided, lists all tables. |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `message` | string | Operation status message |
+| `tables` | array | List of table names in the region |
+| `tableDetails` | object | Detailed schema information for a specific table |
 
 
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `dynamodb`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/elasticsearch.mdx

@@ -362,9 +362,27 @@ Get comprehensive statistics about the Elasticsearch cluster.
 | `nodes` | object | Node statistics including count and versions |
 | `indices` | object | Index statistics including document count and store size |
 
+### `elasticsearch_list_indices`
+
+List all indices in the Elasticsearch cluster with their health, status, and statistics.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `deploymentType` | string | Yes | Deployment type: self_hosted or cloud |
+| `host` | string | No | Elasticsearch host URL \(for self-hosted\) |
+| `cloudId` | string | No | Elastic Cloud ID \(for cloud deployments\) |
+| `authMethod` | string | Yes | Authentication method: api_key or basic_auth |
+| `apiKey` | string | No | Elasticsearch API key |
+| `username` | string | No | Username for basic auth |
+| `password` | string | No | Password for basic auth |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `message` | string | Summary message about the indices |
+| `indices` | json | Array of index information objects |
 
 
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `elasticsearch`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/elevenlabs.mdx

@@ -54,8 +54,3 @@ Convert TTS using ElevenLabs voices
 | `audioFile` | file | The generated audio file |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `elevenlabs`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/exa.mdx

@@ -148,8 +148,3 @@ Perform comprehensive research using AI to generate detailed reports with citati
 | `research` | array | Comprehensive research findings with citations and summaries |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `exa`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/file.mdx

@@ -52,8 +52,3 @@ Parse one or more uploaded files or files from URLs (text, PDF, CSV, images, etc
 | `combinedContent` | string | Combined content of all parsed files |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `file`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/firecrawl.mdx

@@ -149,9 +149,30 @@ Extract structured data from entire webpages using natural language prompts and
 | `success` | boolean | Whether the extraction operation was successful |
 | `data` | object | Extracted structured data according to the schema or prompt |
 
+### `firecrawl_agent`
+
+Autonomous web data extraction agent. Searches and gathers information based on natural language prompts without requiring specific URLs.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `prompt` | string | Yes | Natural language description of the data to extract \(max 10,000 characters\) |
+| `urls` | json | No | Optional array of URLs to focus the agent on |
+| `schema` | json | No | JSON Schema defining the structure of data to extract |
+| `maxCredits` | number | No | Maximum credits to spend on this agent task |
+| `strictConstrainToURLs` | boolean | No | If true, agent will only visit URLs provided in the urls array |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Firecrawl API key |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Whether the agent operation was successful |
+| `status` | string | Current status of the agent job \(processing, completed, failed\) |
+| `data` | object | Extracted data from the agent |
+| `creditsUsed` | number | Number of credits consumed by this agent task |
+| `expiresAt` | string | Timestamp when the results expire \(24 hours\) |
+| `sources` | object | Array of source URLs used by the agent |
 
 
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `firecrawl`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/fireflies.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+---
+title: Fireflies
+description: Interact with Fireflies.ai meeting transcripts and recordings
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="fireflies"
+  color="#100730"
+/>
+
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
+[Fireflies.ai](https://fireflies.ai/) is a meeting transcription and intelligence platform that integrates with Sim, allowing your agents to work directly with meeting recordings, transcripts, and insights through no-code automations.
+
+The Fireflies integration in Sim provides tools to:
+
+- **List meeting transcripts:** Fetch multiple meetings and their summary information for your team or account.
+- **Retrieve full transcript details:** Access detailed transcripts, including summaries, action items, topics, and participant analytics for any meeting.
+- **Upload audio or video:** Upload audio/video files or provide URLs for transcription—optionally set language, title, attendees, and receive automated meeting notes.
+- **Search transcripts:** Find meetings by keyword, participant, host, or timeframe to quickly locate relevant discussions.
+- **Delete transcripts:** Remove specific meeting transcripts from your Fireflies workspace.
+- **Create soundbites (Bites):** Extract and highlight key moments from transcripts as audio or video clips.
+- **Trigger workflows on transcription completion:** Activate Sim workflows automatically when a Fireflies meeting transcription finishes using the provided webhook trigger—enabling real-time automations and notifications based on new meeting data.
+
+By combining these capabilities, you can streamline post-meeting actions, extract structured insights, automate notifications, manage recordings, and orchestrate custom workflows around your organization’s calls—all securely using your API key and Fireflies credentials.
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
+
+
+## Usage Instructions
+
+Integrate Fireflies.ai into the workflow. Manage meeting transcripts, add bot to live meetings, create soundbites, and more. Can also trigger workflows when transcriptions complete.
+
+
+
+## Tools
+
+### `fireflies_list_transcripts`
+
+List meeting transcripts from Fireflies.ai with optional filtering
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `keyword` | string | No | Search keyword in meeting title or transcript |
+| `fromDate` | string | No | Filter transcripts from this date \(ISO 8601 format\) |
+| `toDate` | string | No | Filter transcripts until this date \(ISO 8601 format\) |
+| `hostEmail` | string | No | Filter by meeting host email |
+| `participants` | string | No | Filter by participant emails \(comma-separated\) |
+| `limit` | number | No | Maximum number of transcripts to return \(max 50\) |
+| `skip` | number | No | Number of transcripts to skip for pagination |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `transcripts` | array | List of transcripts |
+| `count` | number | Number of transcripts returned |
+
+### `fireflies_get_transcript`
+
+Get a single transcript with full details including summary, action items, and analytics
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Yes | The transcript ID to retrieve |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `transcript` | object | The transcript with full details |
+
+### `fireflies_get_user`
+
+Get user information from Fireflies.ai. Returns current user if no ID specified.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `userId` | string | No | User ID to retrieve \(optional, defaults to API key owner\) |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `user` | object | User information |
+
+### `fireflies_list_users`
+
+List all users within your Fireflies.ai team
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `users` | array | List of team users |
+
+### `fireflies_upload_audio`
+
+Upload an audio file URL to Fireflies.ai for transcription
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `audioFile` | file | No | Audio/video file to upload for transcription |
+| `audioUrl` | string | No | Public HTTPS URL of the audio/video file \(MP3, MP4, WAV, M4A, OGG\) |
+| `title` | string | No | Title for the meeting/transcript |
+| `webhook` | string | No | Webhook URL to notify when transcription is complete |
+| `language` | string | No | Language code for transcription \(e.g., "es" for Spanish, "de" for German\) |
+| `attendees` | string | No | Attendees in JSON format: \[\{"displayName": "Name", "email": "email@example.com"\}\] |
+| `clientReferenceId` | string | No | Custom reference ID for tracking |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Whether the upload was successful |
+| `title` | string | Title of the uploaded meeting |
+| `message` | string | Status message from Fireflies |
+
+### `fireflies_delete_transcript`
+
+Delete a transcript from Fireflies.ai
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Yes | The transcript ID to delete |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Whether the transcript was successfully deleted |
+
+### `fireflies_add_to_live_meeting`
+
+Add the Fireflies.ai bot to an ongoing meeting to record and transcribe
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `meetingLink` | string | Yes | Valid meeting URL \(Zoom, Google Meet, Microsoft Teams, etc.\) |
+| `title` | string | No | Title for the meeting \(max 256 characters\) |
+| `meetingPassword` | string | No | Password for the meeting if required \(max 32 characters\) |
+| `duration` | number | No | Meeting duration in minutes \(15-120, default: 60\) |
+| `language` | string | No | Language code for transcription \(e.g., "en", "es", "de"\) |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `success` | boolean | Whether the bot was successfully added to the meeting |
+
+### `fireflies_create_bite`
+
+Create a soundbite/highlight from a specific time range in a transcript
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `transcriptId` | string | Yes | ID of the transcript to create the bite from |
+| `startTime` | number | Yes | Start time of the bite in seconds |
+| `endTime` | number | Yes | End time of the bite in seconds |
+| `name` | string | No | Name for the bite \(max 256 characters\) |
+| `mediaType` | string | No | Media type: "video" or "audio" |
+| `summary` | string | No | Summary for the bite \(max 500 characters\) |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `bite` | object | Created bite details |
+
+### `fireflies_list_bites`
+
+List soundbites/highlights from Fireflies.ai
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+| `transcriptId` | string | No | Filter bites for a specific transcript |
+| `mine` | boolean | No | Only return bites owned by the API key owner \(default: true\) |
+| `limit` | number | No | Maximum number of bites to return \(max 50\) |
+| `skip` | number | No | Number of bites to skip for pagination |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `bites` | array | List of bites/soundbites |
+
+### `fireflies_list_contacts`
+
+List all contacts from your Fireflies.ai meetings
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Fireflies API key |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `contacts` | array | List of contacts from meetings |
+
+

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/gitlab.mdx

@@ -427,8 +427,3 @@ Cancel a running GitLab pipeline
 | `pipeline` | object | The cancelled GitLab pipeline |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `gitlab`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/gmail.mdx

@@ -1,50 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Gmail
-description: Send, read, search, and move Gmail messages or trigger workflows from Gmail events
+description: Gmail message ID
 ---
 
 import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
 
 <BlockInfoCard 
-  type="gmail"
-  color="#E0E0E0"
+  type="gmail_v2"
+  color="#F5F5F5"
 />
 
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
-[Gmail](https://gmail.com) is Google's popular email service that provides a robust platform for sending, receiving, and managing email communications. With over 1.8 billion active users worldwide, Gmail offers a feature-rich experience with powerful search capabilities, organizational tools, and integration options.
-
-With Gmail, you can:
-
-- **Send and receive emails**: Communicate with contacts through a clean, intuitive interface
-- **Organize messages**: Use labels, folders, and filters to keep your inbox organized
-- **Search efficiently**: Find specific messages quickly with Google's powerful search technology
-- **Automate workflows**: Create filters and rules to automatically process incoming emails
-- **Access from anywhere**: Use Gmail across devices with synchronized content and settings
-- **Integrate with other services**: Connect with Google Calendar, Drive, and other productivity tools
-
-In Sim, the Gmail integration enables your agents to fully manage emails programmatically with comprehensive automation capabilities. This allows for powerful automation scenarios such as sending notifications, processing incoming messages, extracting information from emails, and managing communication workflows at scale. Your agents can:
-
-- **Compose and send**: Create personalized emails with attachments and send to recipients
-- **Read and search**: Find specific messages using Gmail's query syntax and extract content
-- **Organize intelligently**: Mark messages as read/unread, archive or unarchive emails, and manage labels
-- **Clean up inbox**: Delete messages, move emails between labels, and maintain inbox zero
-- **Trigger workflows**: Listen for new emails in real-time, enabling responsive workflows that react to incoming messages
-
-This integration bridges the gap between your AI workflows and email communications, enabling seamless interaction with one of the world's most widely used communication platforms. Whether you're automating customer support responses, processing receipts, managing subscriptions, or coordinating team communications, the Gmail integration provides all the tools you need for comprehensive email automation.
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
-
-
-## Usage Instructions
-
-Integrate Gmail into the workflow. Can send, read, search, and move emails. Can be used in trigger mode to trigger a workflow when a new email is received.
-
 
 
 ## Tools
 
 ### `gmail_send`
 
-Send emails using Gmail
+Send emails using Gmail. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -64,12 +36,13 @@ Send emails using Gmail
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_draft`
 
-Draft emails using Gmail
+Draft emails using Gmail. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -89,12 +62,14 @@ Draft emails using Gmail
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Draft metadata |
+| `draftId` | string | Draft ID |
+| `messageId` | string | Gmail message ID for the draft |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_read`
 
-Read emails from Gmail
+Read emails from Gmail. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -110,13 +85,22 @@ Read emails from Gmail
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Text content of the email |
-| `metadata` | json | Metadata of the email |
-| `attachments` | file[] | Attachments of the email |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Email labels |
+| `from` | string | Sender email address |
+| `to` | string | Recipient email address |
+| `subject` | string | Email subject |
+| `date` | string | Email date |
+| `body` | string | Email body text \(best-effort plain text\) |
+| `hasAttachments` | boolean | Whether the email has attachments |
+| `attachmentCount` | number | Number of attachments |
+| `attachments` | file[] | Downloaded attachments \(if enabled\) |
+| `results` | json | Summary results when reading multiple messages |
 
 ### `gmail_search`
 
-Search emails in Gmail
+Search emails in Gmail. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -129,12 +113,11 @@ Search emails in Gmail
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Search results summary |
-| `metadata` | object | Search metadata |
+| `results` | json | Array of search results |
 
 ### `gmail_move`
 
-Move emails between Gmail labels/folders
+Move emails between labels/folders in Gmail. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -148,12 +131,13 @@ Move emails between Gmail labels/folders
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_mark_read`
 
-Mark a Gmail message as read
+Mark a Gmail message as read. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -165,12 +149,13 @@ Mark a Gmail message as read
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_mark_unread`
 
-Mark a Gmail message as unread
+Mark a Gmail message as unread. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -182,12 +167,13 @@ Mark a Gmail message as unread
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_archive`
 
-Archive a Gmail message (remove from inbox)
+Archive a Gmail message (remove from inbox). Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -199,12 +185,13 @@ Archive a Gmail message (remove from inbox)
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_unarchive`
 
-Unarchive a Gmail message (move back to inbox)
+Unarchive a Gmail message (move back to inbox). Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -216,12 +203,13 @@ Unarchive a Gmail message (move back to inbox)
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_delete`
 
-Delete a Gmail message (move to trash)
+Delete a Gmail message (move to trash). Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -233,12 +221,13 @@ Delete a Gmail message (move to trash)
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_add_label`
 
-Add label(s) to a Gmail message
+Add label(s) to a Gmail message. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -251,12 +240,13 @@ Add label(s) to a Gmail message
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 ### `gmail_remove_label`
 
-Remove label(s) from a Gmail message
+Remove label(s) from a Gmail message. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -269,12 +259,8 @@ Remove label(s) from a Gmail message
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Success message |
-| `metadata` | object | Email metadata |
+| `id` | string | Gmail message ID |
+| `threadId` | string | Gmail thread ID |
+| `labelIds` | array | Updated email labels |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `gmail`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_calendar.mdx

@@ -1,41 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Google Calendar
-description: Manage Google Calendar events
+description: Event ID
 ---
 
 import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
 
 <BlockInfoCard 
-  type="google_calendar"
-  color="#E0E0E0"
+  type="google_calendar_v2"
+  color="#F5F5F5"
 />
 
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
-[Google Calendar](https://calendar.google.com) is Google's powerful calendar and scheduling service that provides a comprehensive platform for managing events, meetings, and appointments. With seamless integration across Google's ecosystem and widespread adoption, Google Calendar offers robust features for both personal and professional scheduling needs.
-
-With Google Calendar, you can:
-
-- **Create and manage events**: Schedule meetings, appointments, and reminders with detailed information
-- **Send calendar invites**: Automatically notify and coordinate with attendees through email invitations
-- **Natural language event creation**: Quickly add events using conversational language like "Meeting with John tomorrow at 3pm"
-- **View and search events**: Easily find and access your scheduled events across multiple calendars
-- **Manage multiple calendars**: Organize different types of events across various calendars
-
-In Sim, the Google Calendar integration enables your agents to programmatically create, read, and manage calendar events. This allows for powerful automation scenarios such as scheduling meetings, sending calendar invites, checking availability, and managing event details. Your agents can create events with natural language input, send automated calendar invitations to attendees, retrieve event information, and list upcoming events. This integration bridges the gap between your AI workflows and calendar management, enabling seamless scheduling automation and coordination with one of the world's most widely used calendar platforms.
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
-
-
-## Usage Instructions
-
-Integrate Google Calendar into the workflow. Can create, read, update, and list calendar events.
-
 
 
 ## Tools
 
 ### `google_calendar_create`
 
-Create a new event in Google Calendar
+Create a new event in Google Calendar. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -55,12 +36,21 @@ Create a new event in Google Calendar
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Event creation confirmation message |
-| `metadata` | json | Created event metadata including ID, status, and details |
+| `id` | string | Event ID |
+| `htmlLink` | string | Event link |
+| `status` | string | Event status |
+| `summary` | string | Event title |
+| `description` | string | Event description |
+| `location` | string | Event location |
+| `start` | json | Event start |
+| `end` | json | Event end |
+| `attendees` | json | Event attendees |
+| `creator` | json | Event creator |
+| `organizer` | json | Event organizer |
 
 ### `google_calendar_list`
 
-List events from Google Calendar
+List events from Google Calendar. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -76,12 +66,13 @@ List events from Google Calendar
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Summary of found events count |
-| `metadata` | json | List of events with pagination tokens and event details |
+| `nextPageToken` | string | Next page token |
+| `timeZone` | string | Calendar time zone |
+| `events` | json | List of events |
 
 ### `google_calendar_get`
 
-Get a specific event from Google Calendar
+Get a specific event from Google Calendar. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -94,12 +85,21 @@ Get a specific event from Google Calendar
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Event retrieval confirmation message |
-| `metadata` | json | Event details including ID, status, times, and attendees |
+| `id` | string | Event ID |
+| `htmlLink` | string | Event link |
+| `status` | string | Event status |
+| `summary` | string | Event title |
+| `description` | string | Event description |
+| `location` | string | Event location |
+| `start` | json | Event start |
+| `end` | json | Event end |
+| `attendees` | json | Event attendees |
+| `creator` | json | Event creator |
+| `organizer` | json | Event organizer |
 
 ### `google_calendar_quick_add`
 
-Create events from natural language text
+Create events from natural language text. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -114,12 +114,21 @@ Create events from natural language text
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Event creation confirmation message from natural language |
-| `metadata` | json | Created event metadata including parsed details |
+| `id` | string | Event ID |
+| `htmlLink` | string | Event link |
+| `status` | string | Event status |
+| `summary` | string | Event title |
+| `description` | string | Event description |
+| `location` | string | Event location |
+| `start` | json | Event start |
+| `end` | json | Event end |
+| `attendees` | json | Event attendees |
+| `creator` | json | Event creator |
+| `organizer` | json | Event organizer |
 
 ### `google_calendar_invite`
 
-Invite attendees to an existing Google Calendar event
+Invite attendees to an existing Google Calendar event. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -135,12 +144,16 @@ Invite attendees to an existing Google Calendar event
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `content` | string | Attendee invitation confirmation message with email delivery status |
-| `metadata` | json | Updated event metadata including attendee list and details |
+| `id` | string | Event ID |
+| `htmlLink` | string | Event link |
+| `status` | string | Event status |
+| `summary` | string | Event title |
+| `description` | string | Event description |
+| `location` | string | Event location |
+| `start` | json | Event start |
+| `end` | json | Event end |
+| `attendees` | json | Event attendees |
+| `creator` | json | Event creator |
+| `organizer` | json | Event organizer |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_calendar`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_docs.mdx

@@ -126,8 +126,3 @@ Create a new Google Docs document
 | `metadata` | json | Created document metadata including ID, title, and URL |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_docs`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_drive.mdx

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Integrate Google Drive into the workflow. Can create, upload, and list files.
 
 ### `google_drive_upload`
 
-Upload a file to Google Drive
+Upload a file to Google Drive with complete metadata returned
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ Upload a file to Google Drive
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `file` | json | Uploaded file metadata including ID, name, and links |
+| `file` | object | Complete uploaded file metadata from Google Drive |
 
 ### `google_drive_create_folder`
 
-Create a new folder in Google Drive
+Create a new folder in Google Drive with complete metadata returned
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ Create a new folder in Google Drive
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `file` | json | Created folder metadata including ID, name, and parent information |
+| `file` | object | Complete created folder metadata from Google Drive |
 
 ### `google_drive_download`
 
-Download a file from Google Drive (exports Google Workspace files automatically)
+Download a file from Google Drive with complete metadata (exports Google Workspace files automatically)
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -96,16 +96,17 @@ Download a file from Google Drive (exports Google Workspace files automatically)
 | `fileId` | string | Yes | The ID of the file to download |
 | `mimeType` | string | No | The MIME type to export Google Workspace files to \(optional\) |
 | `fileName` | string | No | Optional filename override |
+| `includeRevisions` | boolean | No | Whether to include revision history in the metadata \(default: true, returns first 100 revisions\) |
 
 #### Output
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `file` | file | Downloaded file stored in execution files |
+| `file` | object | Downloaded file data |
 
 ### `google_drive_list`
 
-List files and folders in Google Drive
+List files and folders in Google Drive with complete metadata
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -121,11 +122,6 @@ List files and folders in Google Drive
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `files` | json | Array of file metadata objects from the specified folder |
+| `files` | array | Array of file metadata objects from Google Drive |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_drive`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_forms.mdx

@@ -49,8 +49,3 @@ Integrate Google Forms into your workflow. Provide a Form ID to list responses,
 | `data` | json | Response or list of responses |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_forms`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_groups.mdx

@@ -216,8 +216,3 @@ Check if a user is a member of a Google Group
 | `isMember` | boolean | Whether the user is a member of the group |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_groups`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_search.mdx

@@ -65,8 +65,3 @@ Search the web with the Custom Search API
 | `items` | array | Array of search results from Google |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_search`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_sheets.mdx

@@ -176,8 +176,3 @@ Append data to the end of a Google Sheets spreadsheet
 | `metadata` | json | Spreadsheet metadata including ID and URL |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_sheets`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_slides.mdx

@@ -178,8 +178,3 @@ Generate a thumbnail image of a specific slide in a Google Slides presentation
 | `metadata` | json | Operation metadata including presentation ID and page object ID |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_slides`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/google_vault.mdx

@@ -157,8 +157,3 @@ List matters, or get a specific matter if matterId is provided
 | `nextPageToken` | string | Token for fetching next page of results |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `google_vault`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/grafana.mdx

@@ -502,8 +502,3 @@ Create a new folder in Grafana
 | `version` | number | Version number of the folder |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `grafana`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/grain.mdx

@@ -162,6 +162,7 @@ Create a webhook to receive recording events
 | --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
 | `apiKey` | string | Yes | Grain API key \(Personal Access Token\) |
 | `hookUrl` | string | Yes | Webhook endpoint URL \(must respond 2xx\) |
+| `hookType` | string | Yes | Type of webhook: "recording_added" or "upload_status" |
 | `filterBeforeDatetime` | string | No | Filter: recordings before this date |
 | `filterAfterDatetime` | string | No | Filter: recordings after this date |
 | `filterParticipantScope` | string | No | Filter: "internal" or "external" |
@@ -178,6 +179,7 @@ Create a webhook to receive recording events
 | `id` | string | Hook UUID |
 | `enabled` | boolean | Whether hook is active |
 | `hook_url` | string | The webhook URL |
+| `hook_type` | string | Type of hook: recording_added or upload_status |
 | `filter` | object | Applied filters |
 | `include` | object | Included fields |
 | `inserted_at` | string | ISO8601 creation timestamp |
@@ -216,8 +218,3 @@ Delete a webhook by ID
 | `success` | boolean | True when webhook was successfully deleted |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `grain`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/greptile.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+---
+title: Greptile
+description: AI-powered codebase search and Q&A
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="greptile"
+  color="#e5e5e5"
+/>
+
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
+[Greptile](https://greptile.com/) is an AI-powered developer tool for searching and querying source code across one or more repositories. Greptile enables engineers to quickly answer complex codebase questions in natural language, locate relevant files or symbols, and gain insights into unfamiliar or legacy code.
+
+With Greptile, you can:
+
+- **Ask complex questions about your codebase in natural language**: Get AI-generated answers about architecture, usage patterns, or specific implementations.
+- **Find relevant code, files, or functions instantly**: Search using keywords or natural language queries and jump right to matching lines, files, or code blocks.
+- **Understand dependencies and relationships**: Uncover where functions are called, how modules are related, or where APIs are used across large codebases.
+- **Accelerate onboarding and code exploration**: Quickly ramp up on new projects or debug tricky issues without needing deep prior context.
+
+The Sim Greptile integration allows your AI agents to:
+
+- Query and search private and public repositories using Greptile’s advanced language models.
+- Retrieve contextually relevant code snippets, file references, and explanations to support code review, documentation, and development workflows.
+- Trigger automations in Sim workflows based on search/query results or embed code intelligence directly into your processes.
+
+Whether you’re trying to accelerate developer productivity, automate documentation, or supercharge your team’s understanding of a complex codebase, Greptile and Sim provide seamless access to code intelligence and search—right where you need it.
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
+
+
+## Usage Instructions
+
+Query and search codebases using natural language with Greptile. Get AI-generated answers about your code, find relevant files, and understand complex codebases.
+
+
+
+## Tools
+
+### `greptile_query`
+
+Query repositories in natural language and get answers with relevant code references. Greptile uses AI to understand your codebase and answer questions.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `query` | string | Yes | Natural language question about the codebase |
+| `repositories` | string | Yes | Comma-separated list of repositories. Format: "github:branch:owner/repo" or just "owner/repo" \(defaults to github:main\) |
+| `sessionId` | string | No | Session ID for conversation continuity |
+| `genius` | boolean | No | Enable genius mode for more thorough analysis \(slower but more accurate\) |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Greptile API key |
+| `githubToken` | string | Yes | GitHub Personal Access Token with repo read access |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `message` | string | AI-generated answer to the query |
+| `sources` | array | Relevant code references that support the answer |
+
+### `greptile_search`
+
+Search repositories in natural language and get relevant code references without generating an answer. Useful for finding specific code locations.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `query` | string | Yes | Natural language search query to find relevant code |
+| `repositories` | string | Yes | Comma-separated list of repositories. Format: "github:branch:owner/repo" or just "owner/repo" \(defaults to github:main\) |
+| `sessionId` | string | No | Session ID for conversation continuity |
+| `genius` | boolean | No | Enable genius mode for more thorough search \(slower but more accurate\) |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Greptile API key |
+| `githubToken` | string | Yes | GitHub Personal Access Token with repo read access |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `sources` | array | Relevant code references matching the search query |
+
+### `greptile_index_repo`
+
+Submit a repository to be indexed by Greptile. Indexing must complete before the repository can be queried. Small repos take 3-5 minutes, larger ones can take over an hour.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `remote` | string | Yes | Git remote type: github or gitlab |
+| `repository` | string | Yes | Repository in owner/repo format \(e.g., "facebook/react"\) |
+| `branch` | string | Yes | Branch to index \(e.g., "main" or "master"\) |
+| `reload` | boolean | No | Force re-indexing even if already indexed |
+| `notify` | boolean | No | Send email notification when indexing completes |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Greptile API key |
+| `githubToken` | string | Yes | GitHub Personal Access Token with repo read access |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `repositoryId` | string | Unique identifier for the indexed repository \(format: remote:branch:owner/repo\) |
+| `statusEndpoint` | string | URL endpoint to check indexing status |
+| `message` | string | Status message about the indexing operation |
+
+### `greptile_status`
+
+Check the indexing status of a repository. Use this to verify if a repository is ready to be queried or to monitor indexing progress.
+
+#### Input
+
+| Parameter | Type | Required | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | -------- | ----------- |
+| `remote` | string | Yes | Git remote type: github or gitlab |
+| `repository` | string | Yes | Repository in owner/repo format \(e.g., "facebook/react"\) |
+| `branch` | string | Yes | Branch name \(e.g., "main" or "master"\) |
+| `apiKey` | string | Yes | Greptile API key |
+| `githubToken` | string | Yes | GitHub Personal Access Token with repo read access |
+
+#### Output
+
+| Parameter | Type | Description |
+| --------- | ---- | ----------- |
+| `repository` | string | Repository name \(owner/repo\) |
+| `remote` | string | Git remote \(github/gitlab\) |
+| `branch` | string | Branch name |
+| `private` | boolean | Whether the repository is private |
+| `status` | string | Indexing status: submitted, cloning, processing, completed, or failed |
+| `filesProcessed` | number | Number of files processed so far |
+| `numFiles` | number | Total number of files in the repository |
+| `sampleQuestions` | array | Sample questions for the indexed repository |
+| `sha` | string | Git commit SHA of the indexed version |
+
+

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/hubspot.mdx

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Retrieve all users from HubSpot account
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `users` | array | Array of HubSpot user objects |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `totalItems` | number | Total number of users returned |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_list_contacts`
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Retrieve all contacts from HubSpot account with pagination support
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contacts` | array | Array of HubSpot contact objects |
 | `paging` | object | Pagination information |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `metadata` | object | Metadata with totalReturned and hasMore |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_get_contact`
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Retrieve a single contact by ID or email from HubSpot
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contact` | object | HubSpot contact object with properties |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `contactId` | string | The retrieved contact ID |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_create_contact`
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Create a new contact in HubSpot. Requires at least one of: email, firstname, or
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contact` | object | Created HubSpot contact object |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `contactId` | string | The created contact ID |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_update_contact`
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Update an existing contact in HubSpot by ID or email
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `contact` | object | Updated HubSpot contact object |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `contactId` | string | The updated contact ID |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_search_contacts`
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Search for contacts in HubSpot using filters, sorting, and queries
 | `contacts` | array | Array of matching HubSpot contact objects |
 | `total` | number | Total number of matching contacts |
 | `paging` | object | Pagination information |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `metadata` | object | Metadata with totalReturned and hasMore |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_list_companies`
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Retrieve all companies from HubSpot account with pagination support
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `companies` | array | Array of HubSpot company objects |
 | `paging` | object | Pagination information |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `metadata` | object | Metadata with totalReturned and hasMore |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_get_company`
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Retrieve a single company by ID or domain from HubSpot
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `company` | object | HubSpot company object with properties |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `companyId` | string | The retrieved company ID |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_create_company`
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Create a new company in HubSpot
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `company` | object | Created HubSpot company object |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `companyId` | string | The created company ID |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_update_company`
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Update an existing company in HubSpot by ID or domain
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `company` | object | Updated HubSpot company object |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `companyId` | string | The updated company ID |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_search_companies`
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Search for companies in HubSpot using filters, sorting, and queries
 | `companies` | array | Array of matching HubSpot company objects |
 | `total` | number | Total number of matching companies |
 | `paging` | object | Pagination information |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `metadata` | object | Metadata with totalReturned and hasMore |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 ### `hubspot_list_deals`
@@ -287,12 +287,7 @@ Retrieve all deals from HubSpot account with pagination support
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
 | `deals` | array | Array of HubSpot deal objects |
 | `paging` | object | Pagination information |
-| `metadata` | object | Operation metadata |
+| `metadata` | object | Metadata with totalReturned and hasMore |
 | `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `hubspot`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/huggingface.mdx

@@ -56,8 +56,3 @@ Generate completions using Hugging Face Inference API
 | `output` | object | Chat completion results |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `huggingface`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/hunter.mdx

@@ -190,8 +190,3 @@ Returns the total number of email addresses found for a domain or company.
 | `seniority` | object | Breakdown of email addresses by seniority level \(junior, senior, executive\) |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `hunter`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/image_generator.mdx

@@ -60,8 +60,3 @@ Generate images using OpenAI
 | `output` | object | Generated image data |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `image_generator`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/imap.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+---
+title: IMAP Email
+description: Trigger workflows when new emails arrive via IMAP (works with any email provider)
+---
+
+import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
+
+<BlockInfoCard 
+  type="imap"
+  color="#6366F1"
+/>
+
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
+The IMAP Email trigger allows your Sim workflows to start automatically whenever a new email is received in any mailbox that supports the IMAP protocol. This works with Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, and most other email providers.
+
+With the IMAP trigger, you can:
+
+- **Automate email processing**: Start workflows in real time when new messages arrive in your inbox.
+- **Filter by sender, subject, or folder**: Configure your trigger to react only to emails that match certain conditions.
+- **Extract and process attachments**: Automatically download and use file attachments in your automated flows.
+- **Parse and use email content**: Access the subject, sender, recipients, full body, and other metadata in downstream workflow steps.
+- **Integrate with any email provider**: Works with any service that provides standard IMAP access, without vendor lock-in.
+- **Trigger on unread, flagged, or custom criteria**: Set up advanced filters for the kinds of emails that start your workflows.
+
+With Sim, the IMAP integration gives you the power to turn email into an actionable source of automation. Respond to customer inquiries, process notifications, kick off data pipelines, and more—directly from your email inbox, with no manual intervention.
+{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
+
+
+## Usage Instructions
+
+Connect to any email server via IMAP protocol to trigger workflows when new emails are received. Supports Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, and any other IMAP-compatible email provider.
+
+
+
+

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/incidentio.mdx

@@ -841,8 +841,3 @@ Delete an escalation path in incident.io
 | `message` | string | Success message |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `incidentio`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/intercom.mdx

@@ -1,41 +1,22 @@
 ---
 title: Intercom
-description: Manage contacts, companies, conversations, tickets, and messages in Intercom
+description: Contact object with id, type, role, email, phone, name, external_id, created_at, updated_at
 ---
 
 import { BlockInfoCard } from "@/components/ui/block-info-card"
 
 <BlockInfoCard 
-  type="intercom"
-  color="#E0E0E0"
+  type="intercom_v2"
+  color="#F5F5F5"
 />
 
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-START:intro */}
-[Intercom](https://www.intercom.com/) is a leading customer communications platform that enables you to manage and automate your interactions with contacts, companies, conversations, tickets, and messages—all in one place. The Intercom integration in Sim lets your agents programmatically manage customer relationships, support requests, and conversations directly from your automated workflows.
-
-With the Intercom tools, you can:
-
-- **Contacts Management:** Create, get, update, list, search, and delete contacts—automate your CRM processes and keep your customer records up-to-date.
-- **Company Management:** Create new companies, retrieve company details, and list all companies related to your users or business clients.
-- **Conversation Handling:** Get, list, reply to, and search through conversations—allowing agents to track ongoing support threads, provide answers, and automate follow-up actions.
-- **Ticket Management:** Create and retrieve tickets programmatically, helping you automate customer service, support issue tracking, and workflow escalations.
-- **Send Messages:** Trigger messages to users or leads for onboarding, support, or marketing, all from within your workflow automation.
-
-By integrating Intercom tools into Sim, you empower your workflows to communicate directly with your users, automate customer support processes, manage leads, and streamline communications at scale. Whether you need to create new contacts, keep customer data synchronized, manage support tickets, or send personalized engagement messages, the Intercom tools provide a comprehensive way to manage customer interactions as part of your intelligent automations.
-{/* MANUAL-CONTENT-END */}
-
-
-## Usage Instructions
-
-Integrate Intercom into the workflow. Can create, get, update, list, search, and delete contacts; create, get, and list companies; get, list, reply, and search conversations; create and get tickets; and create messages.
-
 
 
 ## Tools
 
 ### `intercom_create_contact`
 
-Create a new contact in Intercom with email, external_id, or role
+Create a new contact in Intercom with email, external_id, or role. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -58,12 +39,11 @@ Create a new contact in Intercom with email, external_id, or role
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Created contact data |
+| `contact` | object | Created contact object |
 
 ### `intercom_get_contact`
 
-Get a single contact by ID from Intercom
+Get a single contact by ID from Intercom. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -75,12 +55,11 @@ Get a single contact by ID from Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Contact data |
+| `contact` | object | Contact object |
 
 ### `intercom_update_contact`
 
-Update an existing contact in Intercom
+Update an existing contact in Intercom. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -104,8 +83,7 @@ Update an existing contact in Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Updated contact data |
+| `contact` | object | Updated contact object |
 
 ### `intercom_list_contacts`
 
@@ -122,8 +100,7 @@ List all contacts from Intercom with pagination support
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | List of contacts |
+| `contacts` | array | Array of contact objects |
 
 ### `intercom_search_contacts`
 
@@ -143,12 +120,11 @@ Search for contacts in Intercom using a query
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Search results |
+| `contacts` | array | Array of matching contact objects |
 
 ### `intercom_delete_contact`
 
-Delete a contact from Intercom by ID
+Delete a contact from Intercom by ID. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -160,8 +136,8 @@ Delete a contact from Intercom by ID
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Deletion result |
+| `id` | string | ID of deleted contact |
+| `deleted` | boolean | Whether the contact was deleted |
 
 ### `intercom_create_company`
 
@@ -185,8 +161,7 @@ Create or update a company in Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Created or updated company data |
+| `company` | object | Created or updated company object |
 
 ### `intercom_get_company`
 
@@ -202,8 +177,7 @@ Retrieve a single company by ID from Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Company data |
+| `company` | object | Company object |
 
 ### `intercom_list_companies`
 
@@ -221,8 +195,7 @@ List all companies from Intercom with pagination support. Note: This endpoint ha
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | List of companies |
+| `companies` | array | Array of company objects |
 
 ### `intercom_get_conversation`
 
@@ -240,8 +213,7 @@ Retrieve a single conversation by ID from Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Conversation data |
+| `conversation` | object | Conversation object |
 
 ### `intercom_list_conversations`
 
@@ -260,8 +232,7 @@ List all conversations from Intercom with pagination support
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | List of conversations |
+| `conversations` | array | Array of conversation objects |
 
 ### `intercom_reply_conversation`
 
@@ -282,12 +253,11 @@ Reply to a conversation as an admin in Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Updated conversation with reply |
+| `conversation` | object | Updated conversation object |
 
 ### `intercom_search_conversations`
 
-Search for conversations in Intercom using a query
+Search for conversations in Intercom using a query. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -303,12 +273,11 @@ Search for conversations in Intercom using a query
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Search results |
+| `conversations` | array | Array of matching conversation objects |
 
 ### `intercom_create_ticket`
 
-Create a new ticket in Intercom
+Create a new ticket in Intercom. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -326,12 +295,11 @@ Create a new ticket in Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Created ticket data |
+| `ticket` | object | Created ticket object |
 
 ### `intercom_get_ticket`
 
-Retrieve a single ticket by ID from Intercom
+Retrieve a single ticket by ID from Intercom. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -343,12 +311,11 @@ Retrieve a single ticket by ID from Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Ticket data |
+| `ticket` | object | Ticket object |
 
 ### `intercom_create_message`
 
-Create and send a new admin-initiated message in Intercom
+Create and send a new admin-initiated message in Intercom. Returns API-aligned fields only.
 
 #### Input
 
@@ -368,12 +335,6 @@ Create and send a new admin-initiated message in Intercom
 
 | Parameter | Type | Description |
 | --------- | ---- | ----------- |
-| `success` | boolean | Operation success status |
-| `output` | object | Created message data |
+| `message` | object | Created message object |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `intercom`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/jina.mdx

@@ -93,8 +93,3 @@ Search the web and return top 5 results with LLM-friendly content. Each result i
 | `results` | array | Array of search results, each containing title, description, url, and LLM-friendly content |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `jina`

apps/docs/content/docs/en/tools/jira.mdx

@@ -555,8 +555,3 @@ Get Jira users. If an account ID is provided, returns a single user. Otherwise,
 | `maxResults` | number | Maximum results per page |
 
 
-
-## Notes
-
-- Category: `tools`
-- Type: `jira`